Muelleria Volume 6 Numbers 3 & 4 May, 1986 NATIONAL HERBARIUM OF VICTORIA STATE FORESTS & LANDS SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION, FORESTS AND LANDS ! i Muelleria Volume 6, Number 3 January to June, 1985 CONTENTS Volume 6, Number 3 Notes on Trachymene humilis (J.D. Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae) — P. S. Short 159 Studies on Macquarie Island lichens 3; the genus Sphaerophorus. — R. B. Filson ; 169 New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1. — Robert O. Belcher 173 Two new species of Olearia Moench (Compositae: Astereae) from Central Australia — D. A. Cooke • • • 181 Caladenia calcicola (Orchidaceae), a new species from Victoria, Australia — G. W. Carr 185 New species of Helicia, new combinations and lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) — D. B. Foreman 193 Nymphoides disperma (Menyanthaceae); a new Australian species — Helen I. Aston 197 A new species of Carex (Cyperaceae: Caricoideae) from south-eastern Australia — K. R. Thiele 201 Rediscovery of Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell. (Amaranthaceae) — R. J. Chinnock and F. J. Badman 205 Notes on Afzelia Sm. and Petalostylis R. Br. (Caesalpiniaceae) — J. H. Ross 211 Studies in Macquarie Island lichens 4: the genera Cladia and Cladonia — R. B. Filson and A. W. Archer 217 Editor; Helen I. Aston Published by the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). Royal Botanic Gardens, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. The date of distribution of Volume 6, number 1 and Volume 6, number 2 was 29 May 1985. NOTES ON TRACHYMENE HUMILIS (J. D. Hook.) Benth. (UMBELLIFERAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Trachymene humilis (J. D. Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae). Muelleria 6(3); 159- 167. (1986). — Evidence is presented to show that Trachymene humilis (J. D. Hook.) Benth. consists of two taxa treated here as two subspecies, T. humilis ssp. humilis and T. humilis ssp. breviscapa (Domin) P. Short. The type specimens of the names Didiscus humilis J. D. Hook., D. humilis f. breviscapus Domin and D. humilis f. longiscapus Domin are discussed, lectoptypes designated and general comments on Ronald Gunn’s collections of T. humilis made. INTRODUCTION Trachymene humilis (J. D. Hook.) Benth., a perennial herb with the leaves in a basal rosette, is endemic in south-eastern Australia. This species, first described in 1840, was originally referred to as Didiscus humilis J. D. Hook, but was transferred by Bentham (1867) to Trachymene Rudge. However, Domin (1908) in his monograph of Didiscus again referred it to Didiscus. The plant under discussion has therefore been placed under different generic names dependent on whether authors have followed Bentham or Domin. This confusion stems from De Candolle’s (1829) misapplication of Trachymene Rudge for a genus now known as Platysace Bunge and the establishment of the name Didiscus for the genus correctly named Trachymene Rudge. De Candolle was widely followed in the use of the two names, e.g. by Domin (1908) (Bentham, 1867, being a notable exception), until Norman (1931) clarified the correct application of the name Trachymene Rudge. His interpretation has since been followed by many authors (e.g. Burtt 1941, Eichler 1965, Willis 1973). Thus the accepted name for the species under discussion is Trachymene humilis (J. D. Hook.) Benth. Domin (1908) recognised two forms within D. humilis, viz. f. breviscapus Domin and f. longiscapus Domin. They were distinguished by the relative lengths of the fruiting peduncles (scapes) and the leaves. As did Hooker (1856) and Bentham (1867), Domin noted the presence or absence of an indumentum on parts of the plant but he did not include this character when describing the infraspecific taxa. Following routine identification work at MEL, and unaware of Domin’s work, I noted that specimens of two apparently distinct taxa were being incorporated under T. humilis. The results of further investigations are presented below. Collections from AD, BM, CANB, CBG, HO, MEL and NSW (abbreviations after Holmgren et al. 1981) were examined. It was expected that specimens of T. humilis examined by Domin would be housed in PRC and/or PR but enquiry revealed that this apparently is not the case. This may reflect the fact that Domin wrote his monograph of Didiscus during a stay at Kew Herbarium (Dr J. Sojak, in litt., 1984). RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS Specimens of T. humilis can be sorted into two groups by either the presence or absence of hairs on the leaves and/or peduncles or by the relative lengths of the longest leaves and fruiting peduncles (peduncles were considered to be fruiting if only a few of the outermost flowers in the umbel had swollen mericarps). The scatter diagram in figure 1 displays these features and shows that differences in the leaf length/fruiting peduncle length ratio are strongly correlated with the * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 159 160 Fig. 1. Scatter diagram showing the correlation of leaf length and peduncle length in T. humilis. 0 = plants hairy. O = plants glabrous. presence or absence of hairs. This correlation allows the recognition of two distinct taxa. Other morphological differences between the groups have not been found. Some of the variation in leaf-laminae is illustrated in figure 2. I have formally given the taxa under discussion the rank of subspecies (see below). The reasons for this are now outlined. On the Australian mainland it is apparent from herbarium collections and field observations (D. E. Albrecht, B. J. Conn, S. J. Forbes, A. M. Opie, N. G. Walsh, pers. comms) that populations consist of only a single taxon. The ssp. humilis rarely occurs above 1500 m altitude whereas ssp. breviscapa favours sub- alpine and alpine areas at higher altitudes. Within both of these broad regions the taxa, particularly ssp. humilis, occupy a number of distinct habitats (see below under each subspecies). Observations suggest that the characters are not unduly influenced by environment but are genetically fixed. However transplant experiments and observations on plants of both taxa grown under controlled conditions are desirable to clarify the extent to which environmental parameters may influence morphological features. In Tasmania differences in distribution and habitat preferences are not clear. The ssp. humilis is the most widespread and again appears to occur in a wider range of habitats than ssp. breviscapa. Both are, however, sympatric in the vicinity of the Middlesex Plains and Cradle Mountain and two collections (Curtis s.n., HO 4436; Lester-Garland s.n., K) from this region display features which are inter- mediate between the subspecies. Both collections contain plants which have a sparse indumentum and fruiting peduncles about the length of or slightly shorter than the leaves. Many of the fruit are well-developed which suggests that they were viable when collected. The presence of collections with intermediate features, the paucity of mor- phological characters which distinguish them and doubt as to the extent environment may influence these characters are, I believe, good reasons for not applying the rank of species to the two taxa. Definitions of infraspecific categories, i.e. sub- 161 if "ffff ‘tf ♦ ♦ I — I — I — I 0 cm 3 Fig 2 Leaf-laminae variation in T. humilis. For each collection, the leaves figured are all from a single ' plant. T. humilis ssp. humilis: a — Walsh 874; b — Muir 3310. T. humilis ssp. breviscapa; c — Muir 664; d — Willis s.n. (MEL 503285); e — Eichler 18930. species, varietas and forma, have differed widely over the years (e.g. see Davis & Heywood 1963) but I accept the definition of a subspecies “as a considerable segment of a species with a distinct area and more or less distinct inorphology, often showing some intergradation” (Davis & Heywood l.c., p.99). This definition reflects well the attributes of the taxa under discussion and therefore the rank of subspecies has been applied. TAXONOMY Trachymene humilis (J. D. Hook.) Benth., FI. austral. 3:351 (1863); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 63 (1903); W. M. Curtis, Students FI. Tasman. 248 (1963); Cochrane, 162 Fig. 3. Distribution of T. humilis ssp. humilis (•) and ssp. breviscapa (A) in mainland Australia. 1500 metre contour shown. Fuhrer, Rotherham and J. H. Willis, FIs. and PI. Victoria 163, t.514 (1968); N. Burb. and M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 282, t.273 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria 2:484 (1973); Launceston Field Naturalists Club, Guide FIs and PI. Tasman. 36, t.53 (1981). — Didiscus humilis J. D. Hook, Icon. PI. 4, t.304 (1840); J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:154 (1856); F. MuelL, Pap. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Van Diemen’s Land 3:237 (1860); Domin, Sitzungsber. Konigl. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. Prag, Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. 10:59 (1908); Ewart, FI. Victoria 897 (1931). — [Didiscus minor J. D. Hook, ex Domin, o.c. 60, nom. in sched.] Type: “Moist open plains on the Hampshire hills. Van Dieman’s Land. R. Gunn, Esq. (n.245.)”. Holotype: Gunn 245/1837, Van D. Land, Hampshire Hills, — .ii.l837 (K). Hemicryptophyte, with all leaves in basal rosettes, the root system often extensive and the plants forming a mat-like ground cover. Leaves long-petiolate, glabrous or with scattered, septate hairs; petiole c. 1-12 (13.7) cm long, with a variably sheathing base; lamina narrowly to widely elliptic, ovate or obovate in outline, 0.5-4(4.2) cm long, 0. 4-3(3. 2) cm wide, entire or variously lobed, sym- metrical or asymmetrical (see Fig. 2). Umbels 1-8 per rosette; peduncles 1.5-40 cm 163 Fig. 4. Distribution of T. humilis ssp. humilis (•) and ssp. breviscapa (A) in Tasmania. 1000 metre contour shown. long, c. 0.5-3 mm diam., striate, glabrous or with scattered hairs; involucral bracts c. 14-20, ± linear or very narrowly lanceolate, 5.6-14 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, (about the length of or longer than the outermost pedicels), glabrous or with scattered hairs; pedicels c. 25-50 per umbel, c. 0.5-8 mm long, the inner ones shorter than the outer ones. Calyx absent; petals 5, ovate, ± elliptic or obovate, 0.9-1. 6 mm long, 0.7-1. 3 mm wide, white to pinkish-white; stamens 1.5-2. 3 mm long, anthers 0.45-0.7 mm long; styles 1.3-1. 6 mm long. Mericarps flattened lat- erally, (2. 8)3-4 mm long, 2. 2-3. 2 mm wide, ± smooth to conspicuously wrinkled, glabrous, those of the same fruit equally developed or sometimes only one devel- oping. Distribution (Figs 3 & 4): In mainland Australia the subspecies of T. humilis have fairly discrete distri- butions. Subspecies humilis rarely occurs above 1500 m altitude whereas ssp. breviscapa is apparently restricted to sub-alpine and alpine areas at altitudes greater than 1500 m. In Tasmania ssp. humilis is the most widespread taxon whereas ssp. breviscapa occurs only in the vicinity of the Middlesex Plains and Cradle Mountain. Thus the latter taxon again favours sub-alpine to alpine conditions, conditions which occur in Tasmania at a lower altitude than on the mainland. However ssp. humilis also 164 grows in the same region and evidently in the same or similar habitats as ssp. breviscapa. TYPIFICATION: The numbers which accompany Gunn collections are intended as species num- bers, not collection numbers (Burns & Skemp 1961; Haegi 1982). Thus at K there are several separate sheets containing a number of different collections by Gunn but with the same number, “245”. One of the K sheets contains five individual rosettes, each with one or more inflorescences, and apparently representing a single collection. This sheet of spec- imens is regarded as the holotype of the name D. humilis J. D. Hook. As well as the plant specimens it contains three separate labels. One records the collection information cited above for the holotype, another has drawings of the fruit and flowers of the species. These drawings are the same as those published by J. D. Hooker in Hooker’s leones Plantarum and are labelled “Didiscus minor n. sp.”. The third label bears a note by Gunn. It says “1837/245. Didiscus? humilis. Most abundant at the Hampshire Hills where I collected the specimens now sent in February. It does not bear its fruit erect — but after flowering — the flower stalk appears to lengthen and grows out horizontally from the root with the fruit turned slightly upwards thus [a small illustration is then supplied]. I send the specimen from Middlesex Plains which bears the fruit [word illegible] upon a shorter stalk but I supposed the differences of climate might have caused it, & therefore did not collect more”. Another sheet housed at K undoubtedly contains the specimen referred to by Gunn in the label cited above. It is labelled “2457/1837. Middlesex PL”, is a completely glabrous specimen and the fruiting peduncles are shorter than the longest leaves. I have referred it to T. humilis ssp. breviscapa and also regard it as the holotype of its basionym Didiscus humilis f. breviscapus Domin (see below). The collection is accompanied by others made by Gunn, by Backhouse and probably by Milligan. All are referrable to ssp. humilis. One of the specimens, the largest one, resembles those of the type of D. humilis but I suspect it is the specimen to which the Backhouse label refers and it is therefore apparently not part of the type collection. The apparent use of Gunn’s species numbers on Milligan collections is of interest. One specimen on the second K sheet mentioned above is labelled as “V.D. Land, Gunn 245, Hampshire Hills, 15/12/41. In NSW there is a further sheet (NSW 152944) labelled as “245, Hampshire, H. Hills, 15.12.41, J.M. 54”. It is part of “Gunn’s Herbarium of Tasmanian Plants”. Furthermore both BM and MEL each contain a single Milligan specimen with the label “54/106, Hamp. Hills, Tasmania”. The MEL sheet (MEL 643966) also contains a label with the number “1016”. Other sheets labelled as “Milligan 54” occur in K, BM and HO (HO 4433). Thus this appears to be a further case in which specimens gathered by another collector have appeared in Gunn’s herbarium, with Gunn’s species number. Haegi (1982) has reported similar observations. Such knowledge may well be important in determining the identity of type material collected by Gunn and fellow collectors such as Milligan, Archer, Lawrence and Stuart. However in the case of T. humilis it is clear from both the dates of collection and the accompanying notes that the type collection of this species was made by Gunn. One of the Gunn collections of T. humilis is labelled as “245/1842, Marlbor- ough, 4/1/41”. Single sheets containing this collection exist in both BM and K. The discrepancy between the actual collection date and the date accompanying the species number is apparently quite common in Gunn collections. Thus, in a letter dated 21 April 1838 and sent from Circular Head to Kew, Gunn stated “You will perceive that my Collection for 1837, (as I have dated it for the sake of reference, although many were collected in 1836 and some in 1838) far exceeds in any extent any of its predecessors” (Burns & Skemp 1961, p.75). This statement, plus the wording in the accompanying note (cited above), shows that the type collection of 165 D. humilis may have been collected in 1836, 1837 or 1838. However from a letter published by Burns & Skemp (l.c., p.63) it is clear that Gunn collected from the Hampshire Hills in 1837. A further sheet at K contains two separate collections of T. humilis ssp. humilis labelled as “Didiscus minor. Hook. fil./Van Dieman’s Land. Gunn/Lindley 1834” and “No. 245/Didiscus minor, Hook. fil./Van Dieman’s Land./R. Gunn/Sir W. J. Hooker, 1838”. respectively. The manuscript name. Didiscus minor, on these labels and on the holotype sheet, was subsequently referred to by Domin (1908). Key to Subspecies of T. humilis Plants sparsely pilose, with hairs on at least the involucral bracts, peduncles, or leaves; fruiting peduncles longer than the leaves ssp. humilis Plants glabrous; fruiting peduncles shorter than the leaves ssp. breviscapa T. humilis ssp. humilis Didiscus humilis f. longiscapus Domin, Sitzungsber. Konigl. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. Prag. Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. 10:59 (1908). Type: “Victoria; Alpine and subalpine pastures in the Australian Alps, leg. F. MUELLER, c. 1600 m (f. longiscapus).” Lectotype (here chosen): Mueller s.n.. Limestone river, 5000'., s.dat. (K). Iso- LECTOTYPE: BM. POSSIBLE IsoLECTOTYPE: Mueller S.n., In pratis alpinus prope . . Limestone river & Native Dog creek prope montis Cobra, -.i.l854 (MEL 643972). Habitat: The following collector’s notes indicate that this subspecies occupies a wide range of habitats. Notes include “in grassland beside small creek, in moist area disturbed by grazing”, “in dry sclerophyll woodland, on damp sandy soil”, “in Eucalyptus dalrympleana — E. viminalis woodland with Coprosma quadrifida, C. hirtella, Bursaria spinosa. Acacia melanoxylon . . alt. c.240 m”, “Poa grassland”, “in clearing in E. pauciflora forest”, “in subalpine herbfield” and “in open scrub (?regeneration from clearing) with Nothofagus cunninghamii, Tasmannia lanceolata. Lycopodium varium”. Typification of Didiscus humilis f. longiscapus Domin: The only Mueller collection of T. humilis at K is that cited above. The information provided with it does not match that cited by Domin in his publication but I have not seen any Mueller collections of T. humilis labelled according to Domin’s citation. The locality data cited by Domin are in fact exactly those given by Bentham (1867). It seems likely that the statement used by Bentham is a general one used to encompass the distribution of all of Mueller’s Victorian collections of T. humilis and that the same statement was subsequently used by Domin. The belief that Domin examined the “Limestone river” collection at K is also supported by his reference to the altitude (“c. 1600 m”) as it is surely a conversion to the metric system. Thus I believe that the K specimen should be regarded as a type, possibly even the holotype. However I have chosen it as the lectotype specimen as a duplicate exists at BM and I have no reason to believe that it was not seen by Domin. Unfortunately I have not seen a specimen of T. humilis in any herbarium annotated in Domin’s hand. The MEL collection regarded as a possible isolectotype has more detailed locality data than the lectotype sheet but Limestone Creek is again mentioned. Discrepancies between labels on specimens which are otherwise considered to be duplicates are not uncommon with Mueller collections. In this case I suggest that Mueller merely abbreviated the locality data on the material sent to K. 166 Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 65): New South Wales — Coveny 6233, Hind, Hancock & Parris, Breakfast Peak on the Pike’s Saddle — Dampier trig road, 31. hi. 1975 (MEL, NSW); Muir 3310, near the Delegate River on Bombala — Bonang road, 16. xi. 1964 (MEL); Thompson 4008, Thredbo Diggings, 4.ii.l980 (NSW). Australian Capital Territory — Burbidge 6348, Blackfellow’s Gap, 24. ii. 1959 (AD, CANB, MEL); Darbyshire 129, 2 miles N. of A.C.T. border, on Boboyan road by Naas Creek, 25.1.1961 (CANB, MEL, NSW). Victoria — Mueller s.n., Moroka Valley, 4000’, -.hi. 1861 (MEL 643971, NSW 152960); Walsh 874, The Playgrounds, 2.5 km SW. of Mt Cobberas No. 1., 23. ii. 1982 (MEL, NSW). Tasmania — Backhouse s.n., V.D. Land, s.dat. (K); Canning 2751, Iris River crossing on Wilmot — Cradle Mtn road, 15. ii. 1969 (AD, CBG, NSW); Curtis s.n., Middlesex Plains, 7. hi. 1949 (HO 4436, p.p.); Gunn 245/1842, Marlborough, 4.1.1841 (BM, K); Milligan 54 or 54/106, Hampshire Hills, 15. xh. 1841 (BM, K, HO 4433, MEL 643966, NSW 152944, assumed to be from the one gathering). T. humilis ssp. breviscapa (Domin) P.S. Short, comb, et stat. nov. Didiscus humilis f. breviscapus Domin, Sitzungsber. Konigl. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. Prag, Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. 10:59 (1908), basionym. Type.- “Tasmania: Copiose in stationibus subalpinus, e.g. ad Marlborough, prope Lake St. Clair, Hampshire Hills, Middlesex Plains (f. breviscapus) etc., leg. GUNN, LAWRENCE, BACK- HOUSE etc. Van Dieman’s Land: leg. R. Gunn sub no. 245”. Holotype: Gunn 245?, Middlesex Plains, 1837 (K). Habitat: The ssp. breviscapa is apparently restricted to subalpine and alpine habitats. Collector’s notes include “alpine low woodland (3.5 m) association, dominant species: Eucalyptus pauciflora, Bossiaea foliosa”, “Open heathland, associated spp. Acetosella vulgaris, Poa hothamensis, Grevillea australis, Hovea longifolia”, “Poa hiemata — Hovea tussock grassland”, “In open sedgeland/ shrubland . . . with Carex appressa, Carex jackiana, Poa costiniana”, “Open grassland. Ass. spp. include Leptorhynchos squamatus, Poa hiemata, Senecio lautus, Cotula filicula, Celmisia asteliifolia, Oreomyrrhis eriopoda” and “growing with Caltha, Richea etc. in a small, open sphagnum bog”. TYPIFICATION; The manner in which Domin referred to type specimens is perhaps ambiguous in his published work on T. humilis. Thus in the ‘type citation’ above for f. breviscapus it could possibly be argued that all Tasmanian collections should be regarded as syntypes. However I believe that Gunn’s Middlesex Plains collection was meant to be regarded as the type specimen (see under the species description above). The name f. breviscapus is clearly bracketed after the Middlesex Plains location, the same method used for indicating the type collection(s) of f. longiscapus. Furthermore all other Tasmanian collections clearly cited by Domin are of ssp. humilis, with only one collection, a Gunn collection from the Hampshire Hills and housed at K, possibly being considered by Domin as belonging to f. breviscapus. This specimen is sparsley pilose but the peduncles, which do not bear mature fruit, are about the length of the leaves. Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 45): Victoria — Albrecht 225 & Conn, 2.7 km SE. of General Store at Hotham Heights, 23. ii. 1984 (MEL); Eichler 18930, near Baw Baw Ski village on way to summit, 22. i. 1967 (AD); Forbes 802, Adair & Gray, 4.2 km N. of Mt Cope, 13. i. 1982 (MEL); Howitt 71125, near Mt Wellington, -.xii.1887 (MEL 643985); Mueller s.n., snowy plains at the head of the Yarra, the [?Tyers], the Baw Baw & Albert Ranges, -.xii.1860 (MEL 643989). Tasmania — Curtis s.n., Middlesex Plains, 7. hi. 1949 (HO 25148, HO 51598); Eichler 16456, bog at Iris River near road from Wilmot to Waldheim, 6. i. 1960 (AD). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 1 sincerely thank Dr Hj. Eichler and Miss H. I. Aston for their comments on the original manuscript. 167 REFERENCES Bentham, G. (1867). ‘Flora Australiensis’ vol.3. (Reeve: London). Trachymene humilis, p.351. Burns, T. E. & Skemp, J. R. (1961). Van Dieman’s Land correspondents. Rec. Queen Viet. Mus. 14:1- 142. Burtt, B. L. (1941). New combinations in Trachymene. J. Bot. 79: 44-46. Davis, P. H. & Heywood, V. H. (1963). ‘Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy’. (Oliver & Boyd: London), De Candolle, A. P. (1829). Memoire sur la faniille des ombelliferes. CoU. Mem. 5:1-84. Domin, K. (1908). Monographie der Gattung Didiscus (DC). Sitzungsber. Konigl. Bohm. Ges, Wiss. Prag, Math.-Naturwiss. Cl. 10:1-74, Eichler, H. (1965). ‘Supplement to J. M. Black’s Flora of South Australia’. (Government Printer: Adelaide). Trachymene, p.250. Haegi, L. (1982). Some observations on Gunn’s Herbarium of Tasmanian Plants. Austral. Syst. Bot. Soc. Newsletter 32:8-9. Holmgren, P. K., Keuken, W. & Schofield, E. K. (1981). Index Herbariorum. Regnum Veg. 106: 1- 452. Hooker, J. D. (1840). Didiscus humilis. Hook. Icon. pi. 4, t. 304. Hooker, J. D. (1856). ‘Flora Tasmaniae’ vol.l. (Reeve: London). Didiscus humilis, p. 154-155. Norman, C. (1931). New Trachymene from Timor. J. Bot. 19:287-288. Willis, J.H. (1973). ‘A Handbook to Plants in Victoria’ vol.2. (Melbourne University Press: Melbourne). Trachymene humilis, p.484. Manuscript received 28 August 1984. STUDIES IN MACQUARIE ISLAND LICHENS 3: THE GENUS SPHAEROPHORUS by Rex B. Filson* ABSTRACT Filson, Rex B. Studies on Macquarie Island lichens 3: the genus Sphaerophorus. Muelleria 6(3): 169- 172 (1986). — Two species in the genus Sphaerophorus are described and illustrated and a key is provided, with notes on their chemical constituents and distribution maps. INTRODUCTION This paper is a continuation of a series of papers on the lichens of Macquarie Island (Filson 1981, 1981a). The genus Sphaerophorus is included in the family Sphaerophoraceae. It is mainly found in the Southern Hemisphere and of the twenty species discussed by Ohlsson (1973) in his world revision only six occur north of the equator. Galloway (1985) records eleven species as occurring in New Zealand. The two species discussed here are also widespread in New Zealand, Australia, Falkland Islands and South America (Ohlsson 1973). Galloway (Lowry et al. 1978) recorded Sphaerophorus globosus (Huds.) Vainio and S. melanocarpus (Sw.) DC. on Macquarie Island but the specimens he used cannot be located. TAXONOMY Key to Species Thallus sparingly branched; major branches terete to subterete, mostly > 1 mm diam., surface annulately cracked; coralloid phyllocladial branchlets present S. ramulifer Thallus frequently branched; major branches terete, mostly < 1 mm diam., surface not annulately cracked; coralloid phyllocladial branchlets absent S. tener Sphaerophorus ramulifer I. M. Lamb, Farlowia 4: 426 (1955). Type: Argentina, Patagonia, Rio Negro, near Lago Frias, /. M. Lamb 5977. Holotype: CAN n.v. IsoTYPES: FH, H, both n.v. Thallus saxicolous, growing amongst bryophytes and other lichens and over the tops of cushion plants, forming compact colonies amongst the substrate; upper surface smooth, convex, annulately cracked, yellowish-green, sometimes with a pale purple stain at the base of the branches; sterile branches terete to subterete to slightly flattened, up to 40 mm long, 0.8-2. 0 mm wide, irregularly sympodially branched, with numerous branched, coralloid, phyllocladial branches along the margins and in tufts around the base; fertile branches similar, distorted, sometimes heavily annulately cracked. Apothecia subterminal, 1. 0-3.0 mm across, opening at an early stage of development by the rupturing of the receptacle; receptacle corticate, thick, with occasional phyllocladial branching along the margin; mazaedium dense; asci cylindrical, 45-60 x 4-7 /xm, 8-spored; ascospores pale grey to hyaline, (7.5-) 8.0-9.5(-10.0)^m, diam., often surrounded by a dark carbonaceous material. Pyc- nidia globose, mostly terminal, often laminal and sometimes axillary, immersed in the apical branchlets; microconidia straight or curved, slightly swollen at each end, 3. 5-4.0 X 1.0 pm. Reactions; P -i- orange or P - , K -i- pale yellow or K - , KC - , C - , I - . *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 169 170 Fig. 1. Sphaerophorus ramulifer. a — habit, showing sterile branches and one fertile branch, b — enlargement of upper part of fertile branch showing apothecium. c — enlargement of lower side of tip of fertile branch showing the developing apothecium. d — tips of sterile branches showing location of the pycnidia. e — microconidia-bearing hyphae from the pycnidium, and microconidia. f — ascus from the mazaedium coated with black carbonaceous substance, g — ascospores, one not coated with the black carbonaceous substance, h — known distribution on Macquarie Island. a,d & e from MEL 1047232; b,c,f & g from MEL 1047231. CHEMISTRY: This spccics includes several chemotypes all with isousnic acid and sphaerophorin. Some also contain norstictic acid, stictic acid, conorstictic acid and an unknown substance, in varying amounts. Selected Specimens Examined: Macquarie Island, xii. 1965, S. Thrower (MEL 1026732); top of hill above Bauer Bay, S. of small lake, alt. 600 ft, l.iii.l974, R. Filson 6278 & P. Atkinson (MEL 1047234); SE. side of Major Lake, 19. ii. 1964, R. Filson 6173 & R. Peterson (MEL 1047233); peak of hill above and N. of Caroline Cove, 20.i.l966, K. Simpson E82 (MEL 1000433). Discussion: The flattened branches and the large cracked, fruiting branches make Sphaer- ophorus ramulifer a very distinctive lichen which cannot be confused with any other on Macquarie Island. However it is uncommon and when found is usually eroded and distorted by the harsh conditions. The sterile branches are more protected as they grow well down into the moss cushions but the fertile branches become more exposed and therefore more misshapen. Sphaerophorus tener (Laurer) Zahlbr., Cat. Lich. Univ. 1: 696 (1922). Sphaero- phoron tenerum Laurer, Linnaea 2; 45 (1827). “Hab. in Nov. Hollandiae.”, Sieber. Lectopype: BM! Ohlsson here published, first selected Ohlsson (1973). Isolec- TOTYPE: M! 171 Fig. 2. Sphaerophorus lener. a — branch from a compact tuft growing in a sheltered habitat, b — prostrate branches growing over a cushion plant amongst bryophytes and other plants, c — distorted branch from specimen growing in a very exposed situation, d — known distribution on Macquarie Island, a from MEL 20291; b from MEL 1011254; c from MEL 8658. Thallus growing amongst bryophytes, ferns and other lichens, over the tops of cushion plants, variable, forming compact tufts in sheltered habitats or extensive low patches in exposed positions, sometimes growing deep down in the moss cushions so that only the tips of the branchlets are exposed; branches terete or subterete, smooth, elongate, fragile, sparsely to frequently branched, sometimes entangled and anastomosing, 0. 6-1.0 mm diam., pale greyish-white to pale brownish-white; fertile branches and apothecia not seen. Pycnidia terminal on apical branchlets of better developed specimens; microconidia not seen. Reactions: P - , K - , KC - , C - , I - . Chemistry: Sphaerophorin and UV + unknowns. Selected Specimens Examined: Handspike Point, on rock outcrops c. halfway between base of point and bottom of the escarpment, ll.iii.l964, R. Filson 6319 & P. Atkinson (MEL 1047201); lower south slope of Boot Hill, 10. i. 1972, R. Hnatiuk (MEL 1032817); top of hill above Bauer Bay, S. of small lake, l.ii.l964, R. Filson 6277 & P. Atkinson (MEL 20414); half mile N. of Aurora Point, 20. ii. 1964, R. Filson 6199 & R. Peterson (MEL 20258); Lake Flynn, 3.ii.l964, R. Filson 5890 & J. Phillips (MEL 20291); Major Lake, 19. ii. 1964, R. Filson 6141 & R. Peterson (MEL 20254). Discussion: Sphaerophorus tener is a very common lichen on Macquarie Island, growing in drier habitats along the featherbed flats and amongst the cushion plants on the plateau. It may be confused with Cladia aggregata (Sw.) Nyl., but can easily be distinguished from that species by the solid medulla and the lack of perforations through the cortex. It may be thought similar to some Cladonia species, but differs in being more intricately branched. It can easily be separated from both of these groups by the UV -I- reaction on the medulla and by the chemical constituents. 172 REFERENCES Filson, R. B. (1981). Studies on Macquarie Island Lichens 1: General. Muelleria 4: 305-316. Filson, R. B. (1981a). Studies on Macquarie Island Lichens 2: The genera Hypogymnia, Menegazzia, Parmelia and Pseudocyphellaria. Muelleria 4: 317-331. Galloway, D. J. (1985). ‘Flora of New Zealand Lichens’. (Government Printer: Wellington). Lowry, J. K. et. al. (1978). ‘The Australian Museum Macquarie Island Expedition, Summer 1977-1978’. (The Australian Museum Trust: Sydney). Ohlsson, K. E. (1973). A revision of the lichen genus Sphaerophorus. Unpublished thesis submitted to Michigan State University. Manuscript received 18 June 1985. NEW OR NOTEWORTHY TAXA OF SENECIO (ASTERACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA 1 by Robert O. Belcher* ABSTRACT Belcher, R.O. New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia, 1. Muelleha 6(3): 173-179 (1986). — Senecio garlandii, a new species endemic to isolated rocky hillocks in the Central Western and South Western Slopes divisions of New South Wales, is described. S. cahillii Belcher and S. tuberculalus Ali are reduced to synonymy under S. diaschides Drury and S. murrayanus Wawra, respectively. S. glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornd. is excluded from the flora of Tasmania. INTRODUCTION I report here a number of observations made during 1984 while locating and examining type and other material of all but two of the species published in Senecio and based on collections from Australia. This work involved visits to seven European herbaria (B, BM, G, K, LINN, P, W) and to the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) and the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). At the latter institution I also had access to material loaned from ADW, CANB, CHR, HO, NSW, and PERTH to facilitate the revision of Senecio for the ‘Flora of South Australia’ by Dr Margaret Lawrence and myself. TAXONOMY Senecio garlandii F. Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. Senecio dryadeus Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 562 (1826), nom. invalid, ut syn., var. garlandi F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales PI. 205 (1916), nom. invalid. Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus), S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales 86 (1981). [The suggestion of affinity to S. hypoleucus is incorrect.] Suffrutex perennis, 1 (-2) m altus, ramossissimus e basi, rami ascendens. Caules dense lanati, plus minusve flexuosi. Folia sessilia, alterna, chartacea, ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel apiculata, remote denticulata, plus minusve cordata et amplexicaulia, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, sursum diminuta; paginae interne dense lanatae, superne sparse arachnoideae. Inflorescentia terminalis cor- ymbosa; bracteae multo reductae, amplectes subulatae; pedunculi arachnoidei, bracteolis subulatis. Capitula radmla congesta numerosa calyculata, bracteolis 5-7. Involucrum cara- panulatum; phyllaria 13, 4 mm longa, acuta, apicibus recurvatis. Flosculi marginali 7-10, ligulati; ligulae oblongae, ad 4 x 2 mm; flosculi disci 20-25. Achenia pallide brunnea, 2 mm longa, pilis brevibus glabrescentibus in sulcis angustis. Setae pappi graciles uniformes non persistentes. Perennial subshrub to 1 (-2) m tall, much branched from the base, branches ascending. Stems densely lanate, more or less flexuous Leaves sessile, alternate, chartaceous, ovate or elliptical, obtuse or apiculate, remotely denticulate, more or less cordate and amplexicaul, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, reduced upwards; lower surfaces densely lanate, upper surfaces sparsely arachnoid. Inflorescence terminal, corym- bose; bracts much reduced, clasping, subulate; peduncles arachnoid with subulate bracteoles. Capitula radiate, congested, numerous, calyculate with 5-7 bracteoles. Involucre campanulate; phyllaries 13, 4 mm long, acute, with recurved apices. Marginal florets 7-10, ligulate; ligules oblong, to 4 x 2 mm; disc florets 20-25. • Emeritus Professor of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, P.O. Box 242, Ypsilanti, MI 48197, United States of America. ’ 173 174 Fig. 1. Senecio garlandii. Holotype (Garland s.n., MEL 666712). Achenes light brown, 2 mm long, with short hairs glabrescent in narrow grooves. Pappus bristles slender, uniform, not persistent. Common name: Woolly Ragwort (see discussion). Type Collection: New South Wales — “Wagga Wagga 1890”, Garland s.n. (Holotype: MEL 175 666712. IsoTYPE: MEL 666711). The actual type locality is The Rock (formerly Hanging Rock) mountain, south-west of Wagga Wagga (see discussion). Specimens Examined: New South Wales — Hanging Rock Mountain, c. 26 km SSW. of Wagga Wagga, 35° 27’ S., 147° 05’ E., I9.xi.I965, Phillips (AD 97010435). Ibidem, 26.viii.1967, Willis (MEL 666706 & 666707; NSW). Ibidem, 16.1.1971, Belcher 2084 (EMC). Summit of Tabletop Range (Mt. Lockyer), near Gerogery, 10.V.1969, Willis (MEL 666703 & 666704). At foot of range of hills called “Bob-in-the-box”, c. 15 miles ESE of The Rock, 12.viii.l971, Wilson (MEL 666705). “Big Bush”, Gidginbung, [34° 20’ S.,147° 28’ E.,] xi.l975, Schlunke (NSW 153245). Near Albury, 36° 06’ S., 146° 54’ E., 26.i.l975, Sykes (NSW 117786). Distribution: New South Wales — Very local along the 147° E. meridian on the western slopes of the Dividing Range between West Wyalong and Albury. Apparently endemic to the sheltered lower slopes of isolated rocky outcrops. Discussion: The actual type locality has been ascertained from a letter to Mueller which is preserved at the National Herbarium of Victoria. The letter, on the printed letterhead of “J. R. Garland, Solicitor, Wagga Wagga”, is dated 30 December 1890 and is signed by Garland. He wrote; “ I have not, until a few days ago had an opportunity of going out to the Hanging Rock for a further supply of the ‘senecio’. I now send you some specimens from various parts of the plant, including some ripe seeds in heads All the plants which I have seen are growing amongst the rocks at the foot of the perpendicular face of the Hanging Rock Mountain and are thus sheltered from the westerly winds ” The “further supply” mentioned in Garland’s letter is presumably subsequent to the 1890 material selected as type, and is represented by two sheets (MEL 666709! & 666710!) dated by Mueller as 1891, the year in which he would have received Garland’s second consignment. An apparent duplicate of this second collection is NSW 117793 (!). This taxon is the “species A (‘garlandii’ of F. Muell.)” of Lawrence (1980:153, table 1). She reported (p. 159) chromosome numbers of n = 30 and n = 60 from “morphologically indistinguishable plants”, including Lawrence 1480 (AD!), grown from cuttings taken from plants on The Rock. In cultivation in the glasshouse I found seedlings from Belcher 2084 to be self-incompatible as are most radiate species of Senecio in Australia. I did not succeed in obtaining achenes from any of a number of attempted crosses both from and to other Senecio species. This distinctive endemic has been frequently collected from The Rock since 1890, the specimens cited above being only a small fraction of those I have seen. It is therefore surprising that a description has not been published previously, especially since Mueller left at MEL the manuscript description (in English) which was alluded to by Maiden and Betche (l.c.). A major reason for this lack of a published description, no doubt, has been the confusion over what I have come to think of as the Senecio linearifolius complex, to which S. garlandii had been thought to belong. This complex includes the four forms of S. linearifolius A. Rich., briefly characterized by Lawrence (1980: 153), with chromosome numbers of n = 30. The complex also includes an undescribed taxon from Mt Dangar, New South Wales which I believe to be a distinct species and for which I am preparing a description. Mueller himself had several successive different ideas on the affinities of S. garlandii, as shown by changes on his manuscript and by his annotations on Garland’s material, before finally assigning it as a variety of the invalid S. dryadeus Sieber. In my judgment S. garlandii is a good species, specifically distinct from the S. linearifolius complex because of its campanulate rather than cylindrical involucre, its much larger and clasping cauline leaves, and its densely woolly pubescence. In addition, it shares with S. magnificus F. Muell. and S. pterophorus DC. the presence in its capitula of an as yet unidentified substance which reacts with hot 85% lactic I 176 acid. This reaction produces an intense brownish-black discoloration which interferes severely with effective clearing of peduncle, receptacle, phyllaries, and floret bases. Such a reaction was not exhibited by any of the several specimens referable to the S. linearfolius complex which I have cleared in hot lactic acid in a search for useful microcharacters in these parts. S. garlandii also appears to differ from all these other specimens in details of venation of the cleared phyllaries, but I have yet to quantify these differences or to show their consistency. The name of this new taxon honors J. R. Garland, its first known collector. “Woolly Ragwort” is the name given to this plant in the trail guide to The Rock Nature Reserve issued by the local naturalists’ society, and is most appropriate. Senedo diaschides Drury, New Zealand J. Bot. 12: 522, fig 5 (1974). Senecio cahillii Belcher, Muelleria 5(2): 120 (1983). Drury described this species from a collection from the North Island of New Zealand, where it has become adventive in recent years along with the much more aggressive S. bipinnatisectus Belcher {Erechtites atkinsoniae F. Muell.). Both are native to the uplands of eastern New South Wales. In describing S. cahillii from Australia I overlooked Drury’s prior publication. I have now examined material determined by Drury as S. diaschides, including an Australian specimen at Kew and the isotype (CHR 44758), and find the two taxa to be conspecific. This species has apparently failed to maintain itself in the areas in south- western Western Australia where it had previously appeared, probably as an intro- duction (see Belcher, l.c., p. 122). Senecio murrayanus Wawra, Itin. Princ. S.-Coburgi 2: 48 (1888) (as S. murrayand). Holotype: “Austral. Victoria/Murray FI.”, s.d., Wawra 427 (W, 7 separate pieces on one sheet). Isotype: “Murray River/1873/Dr Wawra” (MEL 671631). Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965). Holotype: BRI, n.v. IsoTYPES: South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, on grey clay, Queensland, 28.viii.1958, Johnson 538 (K, NSW, CANB 63619). This species, as Ali noted, is uniquely distinguished by its achene, which is large, long-necked, and densely papillose (Fig. 2.) The achenes of Wawra 427 are identical to those of the duplicates of Johnson 538 which I have seen. There is also a close resemblance between these type collections in other capitular details, as well as vegetatively. I have no doubt that these two taxa are conspecific. Tap water added to a few papillae from the neck of an achene from Wawra 427 led to almost instantaneous enlargement and the extrusion of two elongated strands from each papilla. Examination by light microscopy at 50, 100 and 400x indicated clearly that each strand originated in a separate cell. Medial walls were evident. Thus these papillae are not different in principle from the the much more slender bicellular hairs of other species of Australasian Senecio. The characteristic short basal cell is also present (cf. Drury & Watson 1965, figs 11, 12; S. murrayanus approaches fig. 12). The papillae after imbibition measured 0.14-0.15 x 0.08 mm (ocular micrometer at lOOx), an increase in size of roughly 25<>7o from the dehydrated state. The extruded fibrous strands measured 0.45-0.55 mm long x 0.03-0.04 mm wide, were irregularly zigzag in outline, and were sticky. The latter feature would account for Wawra’s description of the achene as mucilaginous, as attested by the fact that several capitula on his type specimen have masses of adherent achenes with tightly attached wads of fibres apparently torn from the paper used in pressing them. The isotype of S. murrayanus at MEL consists only of a fragment of inflo- rescence with a single capitulum containing numerous ripe achenes. It was found in one of the supplementary bundles of Mueller’s unidentified Senecio. It seems probable that Wawra visited South Yarra in 1873 and at that time broke off a piece from his collection for Mueller. This piece might therefore be better designated 177 Fig. 2. Senecio murrayanus. SEM microphotographs, a. — whole achene (lower portion partially obscured by mountant) showing shape, papillae, and the bases of the presistent pappus bristles, x 15. b — achene papillae, with some showing the edges of medial cell walls; the strong corrugations are apparently due to dehydration under vacuum, x 400. Both from the holotype, Wawra 427 (W). SEM by courtesy of Mr Chris Edwards, Dental Research Institute, University of Michigan. as a fragment of the holotype, but I could not confirm this as I had no opportunity to try to match ends. There apparently was no other distribution of duplicates. Most of the numerous specimens of S. murrayanus which I located had been identified as S. platylepsis DC. (holotype G-DC!). There is some resemblance, especially with specimens having pinnatisect leaves (absent in Wawra 427 holotype, present in Johnson 538), but the two taxa can be distinguished by the characters given in Table 1. Wawra described the liple as “alba”; Ali, as “pallide flava”. There are no field notes with Wawra’a specimen and nothing to indicate initial ray color. The ligules are now tawny, as are those of many old collections of species known to have yellow florets. Field notes that mention color on modern collections are few, and give the rays simply as yellow. The larger piece of Everist 6219 from CANB, however, has rays that are quite pale and perhaps could have been reported as “alba”. There seems no likelihood that Wawra’s material had truly white rays such as are found (in Australian Senecio) only in S. leucoglossus F. Muell. I have seen four collections from Victoria in addition to the type material; viz., Kerang, x.1887, Minchin; Pine Plains, W. Wimmera, 1889, Davis; Wimmera, 1890, Eckert 184; Northwestern District near Mallee, xi.l879, Sullivan 27; all these are 178 at MEL. Thus the provenance of “Victoria” given on the holotype label is apparently correct. In addition to the listed isotypes of S. tuberculatus I have seen all of the material at NSW cited by Ali and duplicates of most of those he cited from BRI, plus numerous other collections from the several herbaria visited. These additional collections show that S. murrayanus has a broader distribution than that mapped by Ali (op. cit. 425, map 1). It has occurred widely scattered within the Murray- Darling watershed in southern Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria, with outliers iri northwestern Victoria, but apparently did not extend into South Australia. An outlying location, Thylungra, cited by Ali, is in southwestern Queensland in an area drained by a tributary of Cooper’s Creek. A lack of twentieth-century collections from Victoria and west-central New South Wales, however, suggests a significant contraction in the range of this species. Table 1. Diagnostic differences between S. murrayanus & 5. platylepsis. Characteristic S. murrayanus S. platylepsis phyllary length 4-5.5 mm 7.5-9 mm phyllary number c. 20 1 1-13, rarely 20 ray-floret achenes fully developed, plump usually infertile, slender achene shape flask-shaped with long neck, even when immature cylindrical in all stages achenial indumentum obovoid papillae long slender hairs leaf margin subentire to pinnatisect lobate or lobulate, irregular The distribution of S. murrayanus (except for the inclusion of Thylungra and the exclusion of South Australia) closely mimics that of S. runcinifolius J. H. Willis, although S. murrayanus does not appear to be as closely confined to riverine settings. The limited field notes suggest a tendency to weediness on cultivated grey clays and on overstocked brigalow country. I have yet to see this taxon in the field, and I have not seen any reported chromosome count. Senecio glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornduff, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 88: 73 (1960). Senecio lautus G. Forst. ex Willd. var. discoideus Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 374 (1906). Ali (1964, p. 289) reported an extension of range for this subspecies to Tasmania, based on “‘Wilderness’, Dysert, Jan. 1961, Winifred M. Curtis (HO 3890)”. His identification of this collection is correct, but unfortunately the prove- nance was given incorrectly on the sheet. Dr Curtis has now indicated {in Hit.) that the correct location and date of this collection are: Wilderness, Otago, New Zealand, January 1957. “Cat. No. 3890”, the number cited by Ali and applicable in the Herbarium, University of Tasmania, prior to the transfer of that herbarium to the Tasmanian Museum, is at the top of the sheet that now carries the number HO 14949. This sheet was annotated by Ali as Senecio glaucophyllus ssp. discoides [sic!] on 7 May 1963. A second sheet, HO 69514, contains one specimen of this taxon apparently demounted and transferred to it from the sheet annotated by Ali. Senecio glaucophyllus ssp. discoideus is to be excluded from the flora of Tasmania, at least on the evidence of the above two sheets. Ali cited “T. Kirk”, rather than Cheeseman, as the original authority for this infraspecific epithet. I do not find in the literature any support for this ascription. 179 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Thanks are expressed to the directors and staff of all herbaria mentioned in the introduction, for invaluable assistance, and to H. I. Aston and L. Haegi for numerous helpful suggestions on this manuscript. REFERENCES Ali, S. I. (1964), Senecio lautus complex in Australia. I. Taxonomic considerations and discussion of some of the related taxa from New Zealand. Austral. J. Bot. 12: 282-291. Belcher, R.O. (1963). New Australian species of erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae). Muelleria 5(2): 119- 122 . Drury, D. G. & Watson, L. (1965). Anatomy and the taxonomic significance of gross vegetative morphology in Senecio. New Phytol. 64: 307-314, figs 1-15. Lawrence, M. E. (1980). Senecio L. (Asteraceae) in Australia: chromosome numbers and the occurrence of polyploidy. Austral, J. Bot. 28: 151-165. Manuscript received 13 May 1985. TWO NEW SPECIES OF OLEARIA Moench (COMPOSITAE: ASTEREAE) FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA by D. A. Cooke* ABSTRACT Cooke, D. A, New species of Olearia Moench (Compositae: Astereae) from central Australia. Muetleria 6(3):181-184 (1986). — Two new species of Olearia, O. macdonnettensis and O. tridens, are described and discussed; both are currently known from the Macdonnell Ranges of the Northern Territory. TAXONOMY Olearia macdonnellensis D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Frutex viscidus aromaticus ad 1.2 m altus., CauUs erectus lignosus divaricate ramificans; ramuli subteretes striati brunnei initio vernicosi puberulenti pilis glandulosis ad 0.15 mm longis. Folia coriacea viridia concolora vernicosa ut videtur glabra, pilis glandulosis ad 0.12 mm longis in strato vernicis inclusis; laminae oblongae lato-obovataeve obtusae 1.2-2. 5 cm longae 6-14 mm latae, plerumque 4-10-crenatae rariore serratae vel repandae, venatione camptodroma craspedodromave distincta, in petiolis 2-6 mm longis sensim transientes. Capitula 2-5 in corymbos terminales. Pedunculi 2-8 cm longi squamis 1-6 angusto-lanceolatis 1-2 mm longis instructi, bracteis oblanceolatis 5-13 mm longis subtenti. Involucrum cyathiforme 6-9 mm longum viride vel purpurascens, extrinsecus glandulosum vernicosum; bracteae c. 3-seriatae inaequales, extimae lanceolatae 1.5-2. 5 mm longae herbaceae, interiores anguste linearo- ellipticae herbaceae marginibus scarioso-hyalinis, apicibus acutis integris vel eroso-ciliatis. Receptaculum subconvexum c. 1.5 mm diametro nudum. Flosculi radii 8-14 manifeste uniseriati foemini, ligulis 8-15 mm longis albis; flosculi disci numerosiores bisexuales 5-meri, corollis 6-8 mm longis luteis. Antherae c. 2.8 mm longae cum apicibus lanceolatis sterilibus c. 0.6 mm longis. Achenium teretum 2.5-3 mm longum c. 0.5 mm latum sericeo-villosum. Pappus uniseriatus 7-8 mm longus, setis 40-55. Viscid aromatic shrub to 1.2 mm high. Stem erect, woody, divaricate-branched; branchlets subterete, striate, brown, at first varnished, puberulent with glandular hairs to 0.15 mm long. Leaves coriaceous, green concolourous, varnished and appearing glabrous, with glandular hairs to 0.12 mm long imbedded in the varnish layer; laminae oblong to broad-ovate, obtuse, 1.2-2. 5 cm long, 6-14 mm wide, usually 4-10-crenate, more rarely serrate or repand, with distinct camptodromous to craspedodromous venation, passing gradually into petioles 2-6 mm long. Capitula in terminal corymbs of 2-5. Peduncles (corymb branches) 2-8 cm long, each sub- tended by an oblanceolate bract 5-13 mm long and bearing 1-6 narrow-lanceolate scales 1-2 mm long. Involucre cyathiform, 6-9 mm long, green to purplish, glandular and varnished on the outside; bracts c. 3-seriate, unequal, the outermost ones lanceolate, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, herbaceous, the inner ones narrowly linear-elliptie, herbaceous with scarious-hyaline margins and acute entire to erose-ciliate apices. Receptacle somewhat convex, c. 1.5 mm diam., naked. Ray florets 8-14, manifestly uniseriate, female, with white ligules 8-15 mm long; disc florets more numerous, bisexual, 5-merous; corollas 6-8 mm long, yellow. Anthers c. 2.8 mm long, including the sterile lanceolate apices c. 0.6 mm long. Achene terete, 2.5-3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, silky- villous. Pappus uniseriate, 7-8 mm long, consisting of 40-55 bristles. (Fig. la,b). Type Collection: 1 km W. of Eilery Creek Big Hole, N.T., 23°47'S, 133°03'E, 17.vii.l983, P. K. Latz 9639. (Holotype: NT 13111 . Isotype: AD. Also, according to NT label data, DNA, MEL, PERTH). ‘State Herbarium, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 5000. 181 182 Fig. 1. Olearia macdonnellensis. a — leaves. b — glandular hairs. From the type collection. Also Examined: Northern Territory — Ellery Creek Waterhole, 6.viii.l961, G. Chippendale s.n. (NT 8298; AD 96445098; also MEL 674095 n.v. and, according to NT label data, BRI, CANB, DNA, SYDN [? = NSW], PERTH); Serpentine Gorge, l.ix.l978, A. C. Kalotas s.n. (NT 57615). Distribution and Habitat: Recorded from the Serpentine and Ellery Gorges in the central Macdonnell Ranges west of Alice Springs, and possibly more widely distributed in this area. All collections are from the bases of steep rocky slopes which provide a sheltered microclimate. Flowering is recorded in August and early September. Discussion: Olearia macdonnellensis is related to O. calcarea F. Muell. ex Benth. and O. muelleri (Sonder) Benth. but readily distinguished by the pedunculate capitula forming corymbs and by the larger leaves with more distinct venation and petioles. The two latter species are widespread on calcareous loams and sandy soils in the semi-arid winter rainfall zone of southern Australia with a few records from the Great Victoria and Gibson deserts. The restricted habitat of O. macdonnellensis is apparently isolated from this distribution by the mountain ranges of central Aus- tralia. The microscopic glandular hairs were observed on leaves from which the varnish had been dissolved by immersion in absolute alcohol for a few minutes. They occur sparsely scattered on both surfaces of the lamina, and more densely near the margins and mid vein. Similar hairs, more or less imbedded in varnish, were observed on the leaves and branchlets of O. calcarea and O. muelleri. Olearia tridens D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Frutex nanus virgatus 25-35 cm altus. Caules erect! lignosi repetite ramificantes; ramuli subteretes costulis ab foliis decurrentibus virides. Indumentum ramulorum foliorumque initio minute araneosum pilis laxis crispatis ad 0.4 mm longis, postea scaberulum papillis conicis ad 0.06 mm aids. Folia anguste cuneata vel spathulata 5-18 mm longa, ad apices in dentibus tribus aequalibus acutis mucronulatis subrecurvatis 1-3 mm longis symmetrice divisa, rariore asym- metrica dentibus 1-2 adjectis brevioribus, rigide coriacea marginibus incurvis in sicco. Capitula terminalia solitaria. Pedunculi 1-4 cm longi, squamis 1-4 angusto-lanceolatis 1-3 mm longis instruct!, microscopice araneosi, in ramulis foliosis sensim transientes. Involucrum cyathi- forme 3-6 mm longum viride vei purpurascens, extrinsecus microscopice glandulosum, brac- teae c. 4-seriatae inaequales, herbaceae marginibus angustis hyalinis, extimae lanceolatae 1.5- 2.5 mm longae, interiores anguste elliptico-lanceolatae apicibus acutis vel acuminatis ciliolatis. Receptaculum convexum c. 1.5 mm diametro nudum. Floscull radii 30-40 conferti ut videtur biseriati, foemini, ligulis 5-8 mm longis coeruleis; flosculi disci pauciores bisexuales 5-meri, corollis c. 3.5 mm longis luteis. Antherae c. 1.9 mm longae cum apicibus lanceolatis sterilibus c. 0.4 mm longis. Achenium teretum c. 1.5 mm longum c. 0.3 mm latum pubescens. Pappus uniseriatus c. 3 mm longus, setis 25-40. 183 Fig. 2. Olearia tridens, leaves. From the type collection. Dwarf virgate shrub 25-35 cm high. Stems erect, woody, repeatedly branched; branchlets subterete with ridges decurrent from the leaf bases, green. Indumentum of the branchlets and leaves at first minutely arachnose with lax crisped hairs to 0.4 mm long, later scabridulous with conical papillae to 0.06 mm high. Leaves narrowly cuneate to spathulate, 5-18 mm long, symmetrically divided at the apex into 3 equal acute mucronulate slightly recurved teeth 1-3 mm long, more rarely asymmetrical with 1-2 additional shorter teeth, rigidly coriaceous with margins incurved in dried material. Capitula terminal, solitary. Peduncles 1-4 cm long, microscopically arachnose, with 1-4 narrow-lanceolate scales 1-3 mm long, passing gradually into the leafy branchlets. Involucre cyathiform, 3-6 mm long, green or purplish, microscopically glandular on the outside; bracts c. 4-seriate, unequal, herbaceous with narrow hyaline margins, the outermost lanceolate, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, the inner ones narrowly elliptic-lanceolate with acute to acuminate ciliolate apices. Receptacle convex, c. 1.5 mm diam., naked. Ray florets 30-40, crowded and appearing biseriate, female, with pale blue ligules 5-8 mm long; disc florets fewer, bisexual, 5-merous; corollas c. 3.5 mm long, yellow. Anthers c. 1.9. mm long, including the sterile lanceolate apices c. 0.4. mm long. Achene terete, c. 1.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide, pubescent. Pappus uniseriate, c. 3 mm long, consisting of 25-40 bristles. (Fig. 2). Type Collection: 4 km W. of Trephina Gorge, N.T., 23°32'S, 134°22'E, 17.vii.l983, P. K. Latz 9589. (Holotype: NT 73590. Isotype: AD 98421171. Also, according to NT label data, DNA, PERTH). Also Examined: Northern Territory — Amphitheatre, Palm Valley, 24. ix. 1972, G. Griffin 6 (NT 43482); Palm Valley, 20.vii. 1972, P. K. Latz 2659 (NT 36698); AD 97244206); Reedy Creek, George Gill’s Range, 1894, R. Tate s.n. (AD 95838012). Distribution and Habitat: The species has a wide but possibly discontinuous distribution in the Macdonnell Ranges. It occurs on steep rocky slopes and cliffs in skeletal soils. Flowering is recorded in July. Discussion: Olearia tridens is related to O. stuartii (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. and may be confused with depauperate specimens of this generally larger shrub. It is recognizable by the characteristic leaf shape and the indumentum which contrasts with the pubescence of mixed persistent glandular and non-glandular hairs in O. stuartii. The specific epithet is from the Latin tridens, a trident, referring to the shape of the leaves. 184 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I would like to thank the Officer in Charge of the Herbarium of the Northern Territory for the loan of specimens. Manuscript received 13 August 1985. CALADENIA CALCICOLA (ORCHID ACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA by G. W. Carr* ABSTRACT Carr, G. W. Caladenia calcicola (Orchidaceae) a new species from Victoria, Australia. Muelleria 6(3):185- 191 (1986). — A new spider-orchid, Caladenia calcicola G. W. Carr (sect. Calonema Benth.), an endemic in far south-west Victoria, Australia, is described and figured. It has affinities with C. reticulata Fitzg., to which it is compared. The distribution, ecology and conservation status of the new species is discussed. TAXONOMY Caladenia calcicola G. W. Carr, sp. nov. Ex affinitate C. reticulalae R. D. Fitzg., sed in proprietatibus sequentibus differt: floribus par- vioribus; segmento quoque perianthii nitenti, superficie lineam mediam atro-rubram ferenti; labello parvo rubro nitenti, a dentibus paucis brevibus marginalibus atque callis brevibus congestis truncatulis 4 (interdum 6)-seriatis praedito; columna rubra. Herb perennating from a globular to ellipsoid, annually-renewed tuberoid to 12 mm diam. Stem subterranean, to c. 10 cm long; tuberoids and stem invested in dense, finely-fibrous, long-persistent, brown tunic from previous tuberoid and stem tissue. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous, closed-cylindrical, minutely mucronate, truncate bract. Leaf hirsute, solitary, basal, erect or ascending, lan- ceolate to linear-lanceolate, to 13 cm long x 1.5 cm wide, acute, often partly withered at anthesis; abaxial surface basally green and irregularly blotched or spotted red-purple, the whole surface densely hirsute with ± patent straight to slightly retrorse, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes to 10 mm long; basal cell of trichome barrel-shaped to terete, minutely rugose, white-opaque, then with 1-5 extremely fine transparent cells; adaxial leaf surface less densely hirsute with smaller trichomes. Scape (7-)13-22(-28) cm long, 1.0-2. 5 mm diam., arising at centre of leaf, rigidly erect, straight to slightly flexuose, green or reddish, hirsute throughout with ± patent, eglandular trichomes similar to leaf trichomes and also with shorter glandular trichomes scattered above the middle, increasing in density upwards. Glandular trichomes similar to eglandular ones, but each terminated by a minute dark red spherical cell. Sterile bract near middle of scape slightly spreading, narrow-lanceo- late, subulate, acute, (12-)15-20(-25) mm x (2.5-)4-5(-8.5) mm, externally hirsute, internally glabrous, with involute margins. Floral bract similar, (2.5-)5-6(-8.5) mm X (4.0-)4.5-6.0(-8.5) mm; margins less inrolled, embracing the pedicel. Flower 1(- 2), rather small, scented with a relatively weak, sweet floral fragrance with a pungent animal-like overtone; scent only perceptible above c. 20°C. Pedicel (4-)10- 15(-24) mm long. Ovary fusiforme, (4-)6-8(-ll) mm long, 2-3 mm diam., densely hirsute with short eglandular and (mostly) glandular patent or retrorse trichomes. Perianth stiffly spreading; base of sepals sparsely glandular-hirsute externally. Dorsal sepal erect, (21-)23-28(-36) mm long, (1.5-)2.0-2.5(-3) mm wide near base, strongly curved forward, linear-acuminate, narrowed to a channelled cauda 0.5-0. 8 mm wide; dorsal sepal pale-yellow (RHS Yellow Group 2C in brightest specimens) with distinct deep red (close to RHS Greyed-Purple Group 187C) median stripe within and a narrower median stripe and irregular streaks on outside of sepal; sepal usually glossy within, terminated by a linear osmophorej (‘club’) (3-)4-6(-9) mm ♦ National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. t The term “osmophore”, a scent-producing gland (Dressier 1981), is preferred to “club” (widely used in Caladenia literature) because it emphasises the functional significance of this organ. Stoutamire (1983) showed that the osmophores in pseudocopulatory Caladenia species emit sexual pheromones to attract male wasp pollinators. 185 186 long X 0.6- 1.2 mm wide; osmophore often downturned, consisting of minute, densely-packed, yellowish- to reddish-purple, sessile, glandular cells (RHS Greyed- Orange Group 166 A — Greyed-Purple Group 187 A). Lateral sepals (17-)25-33 (-40) mm long, deflexed at angle of c. 45°, slightly falcate with ± flat ovate- lanceolate lamina (1.5-)3.5-4.5(-5) mm wide, ± abruptly tapering into a very narrow channelled cauda (5-)8-10(-13.5) mm long x 0.4- 1.0 mm minimum width; osmophore similar to that of the dorsal sepal, often upturned, (2.2-)4.5-5(-6) mm x (0.3-)0.6- 0.8(-l) mm. Lateral sepals similar in colour to dorsal sepal, median stripe above broad, greater than half the width of sepal, narrowly striped below along median line and often irregularly streaked, usually glossy. Petals narrow linear-lanceolate, flat, evenly tapering to very fine points, (16-)18-23(-25) mm x (1.5-)2-2.5(-5.3) mm wide, slightly arcuate, from ± horizontal to deflexed to c. 45°; colour similar to that of the lateral sepals but red median stripe above and below extending to margins above the middle; petals often the most intensely coloured part of the perianth, glossy. Labellum articulated on a short claw (±1x1 mm), cordate at base, ovate-rhomboid when flattened, (8-)10-12(-15) mm x (7-)8-10(-ll) mm, car- nose, very firm and waxen in texture, unevenly curved throughout, projected forward and somewhat flattened above the middle, finally strongly recurved; margin of labellum with (6-)7-9(-10) thick, angular-truncate, rounded or sub-acute antrorse teeth about the middle; teeth up to 1 mm long; apex of labellum entire, gibbous. Cain of labellum ± congested, often touching, in 4(-6) longitudinal rows in a basal median zone (5-)8-ll mm long x (2.2-)2.5-3.5(-4.5) mm wide; inner 2 rows each with (4-)5-8(-9) calli, adjacent 2 rows each with 5-8(-9), outer rows (where 6 rows are present) with 1-3 calli each; calli mostly short-stalked, becoming sessile towards apex, (l-)1.5-2.2(-2.5) mm high near base of labellum, the ultimate ones 0.2-0. 3 mm high; head of calli broad, flat-topped, either ± circular, ovate, elliptical or teardrop-shaped when viewed from above. Lamina of labellum red like petals, at least in distal half, marginal teeth and apex very dark red (RHS Greyed-Purple 166 A); proximal half of labellum usually paler red or yellowish-cream, with prominent dark red striations along veins above and below; calli pale to dark red, yellowish-red, or dark with paler colour at centre of head, often prominently contrasting with lamina in basal half; labellum very glossy and waxen in texture. Column erect but strongly curved forward, (6.5-)8.5-10 mm high, 4-5 mm wide viewed from front, with 2 prominent rounded swollen yellow glands about 1 rnm long on the inner base; axis ±1.5 mm wide, narrowly winged below, expanding upward into thick rounded incurved and cucullate wings 2-3 mm wide; anther terminal, blunt, 2-2.5 x 2 mm, with a minute terminal apiculus to 0.5 mm long; anther flaps green and pale yellow usually heavily suffused with dark red; pollinia 4, flat, ± irregularly triangular. Column wings transparent, ± deep red throughout or colourless with numerous red striations; axis red dorsally, red or green with numerous reddish striations within; column glossy and waxen in texture. Stigma large, c. 2 mm diam., green and glistening, immediately behind anther, circular, centrally depressed; viscidium very narrow, c. 1.5 mm long, touching anther flaps. Capsule (absent from type collection) turgid, broadly fusiform, to 16 mm long x 6.5 mm diam., ± chartaceous at dehiscence. Seeds grey-brown. Type Collection* Bat’s Ridges, c. 10 km west of Portland, Victoria, 38°20'30" S.; 141°29'03" E., Victorian plant grid E21, 13.x. 1984, G. W. Carr 10049 (Holotype; MEL 1537340. IsoTYPES: AD, CANB, CBG, PERTH, also spirit specimens AD, CANB, MEL. Selected Specimens Examined (total number examined, 7): Victoria — Portland, I7.X.I934, F. Mellblom s.n. (MEL 579794, ex herb W. H. Nicholls). Portland, X.1935, G. Lyell s.n. (MEL 574287). Gorae West [in error, actually Bats Ridge], 21.x. 1943, A. C. Beauglehole s.n. (MEL 579768, ex herb. W. H. Nicholls). F. Davies Hill, Cashmore, 38°19’ S., 141°29’ E., 28.X.1983, C. & D. Woolcock 1285 (MEL 654791). 187 Fig. 1. Caladenia calcicola. a — leaf and lower scape, x 1. b — scape and flower, x 1.2. c and d — labellum (flattened, and thus artificially folded along the proximal margin), x 5. e — oblique view of inner row of calli from the labellum (excluding the basal two calli), x 10. a from living plant collected at the type locality and maintained in cultivation, b from colour transparency of plant at type locality, c and e from isotype (AD), d from isotype (CANB). 188 Distribution: Known only from the Bats Ridge area approximately ten kilometres west of Portland in far south-west Victoria. Local botanists C. & D. Woolcock and A. C. Beauglehole (pers. comm.) have never observed the species elsewhere in the region. Woolcock 1285 is from an area adjoining the eastern boundary of the Bats Ridge Wildlife Reserve (Woolcock, pers. comm.). The “Portland” locality of some col- lections almost certainly refers to Bats Ridge. Ecology: Occurs on very well-drained, shallow, sandy, terra rossa loams (pH 7.7, A1 soil horizon), on low ridges overlying limestone. Tuberoids are often situated amongst rocks. The limestone is the Miocene Port Campbell formation which outcrops in south-west Victoria and south-eastern South Australia (Abele et al. 1976). The natural vegetation at the Bats Ridge type locality has been partly cleared, grazed by stock and weed-invaded but is remarkably species-rich. A total of 63 native and 26 naturalized vascular species were recorded from a 10 x 10 m quadrat. Principal structural dominants of the vegetation were Acacia sophorae. Eucalyptus vimimlis, Lepidosperma canescens and Leucopogon parviflorus. Other important native species included Acacia pycnantha, Acrotriche affinis, Bursaria spinosa, Caladenia latifolia, Clematis microphylla, Helichrysum apiculatum, Hibbertia ser- icea, Lomandra filiformis, L. glauca, Pimelea glauca, Podotheca angustifolia, Pterostylis foliata, Scaevola pallida, Senecio lautus, Themeda australis and Viola hederacea ssp. seppeltiana (nomenclature follows Forbes et al. (1984)). Affinities and Biology: Caladenia calcicola is most closely related to C. reticulata Fitzg., from which it is distinguished by the floral characters given in Table 1. The two species apparently also differ in their habitat preferences, thus phytosociological attributes, in the sense of Izco (1980), are likely to provide useful distinctions. Distributions of C. calcicola and C. reticulata do not overlap. C. calcicola occurs on limestone ridges on shallow terra rossa soils and is the only species of Caladenia (section Calonema) on this limestone. Downslope these soils grade into deep siliceous Tertiary sands carrying woodland dominated by Eucalyptus baxteri with a heathy understorey. Caladenia reticulata occurs on the sandy soils in at least two localities at the foot of the southern slope of Bats Ridge (Carr pers. observation; Woolcock pers. comm.). It is perhaps surprising that this distinctive species has been overlooked for so long, as several orchid specialists including W. H. Nicholls saw collections of C. calcicola. The species was illustrated in Woolcock & Woolcock (1984) under the name C. reticulata where the habitat note “sandy limestone ridges” refers to the Bats Ridge locality of C. calcicola. Differences between C calcicola and C. reticulata are not readily apparent in dried material, where salient features such as colour, texture, glossiness and calli size and shape are lost or obscured. This indicates the importance of viewing living material, or wet collections combined with colour photographs, for effective tax- onomic appraisal of Caladenia. Between 5% and 10®7o of the plants in the populations of C. calcicola, observed between 1979 and 1985, were pollinated annually. Pollination is doubtless affected by a thynnid wasp as described for other Caladenia (sect. Calonema) species (see Stoutamire, 1983). It is predicted that C. calcicola and C. reticulata will be found to be pollinated by different wasp species as there are considerable differences in flower colour, floral fragrance, labellum size and ornamentation. The flowering season overlaps in these species and for C. calcicola extends from mid September to early November, with an early- to mid-October peak. 189 Table 1. Comparison between Caladenia calcicola and C. reticulata. Based on examination of 30 specimens of C. calcicola and 35 specimens of C. reticulata (MEL and private cultivation). Specimens of the latter derived from throughout its range in Victoria. C. calcicola C. reticulata scape to 28 cm to at least 40 cm dorsal sepal (21-)23-28(-36) mm long; osmophore (3-)4-6(-9) mm long, pale yellow to dark red (25-)30-35(-45) mm long; osmophore (3-)7-ll(-20) mm long, dark red lateral sepals (17-)25-33(-40) mm long; osmophores (2.2-)4.5-5(-6) mm long (23-)32-37(-50) mm long; osmo- phores (3-)6-12(-17) mm long perianth segments pale yellow with deep red median stripe(s) on both outer and inner surface; petals nearly wholly red; perianth segments glossy, at least internally inner surface concolorous, from red to cream; narrow median stripe (if present) on outer surface only, per- ianth not glossy labellum fleshy, rigid, waxen in texture, small, (8-)10- 12(-15) X (7-)8-10(-l 1) mm, unevenly curved, projected forward and somewhat flattened above the middle, finally strongly recurved; wholly deep red to lighter red or deep red grading to pale yellow at base; striated deep red along veins; very glossy above less fleshy, not waxen, usually larger, evenly curved throughout; usually bi- colorous, deep red at apex, the re- mainder ± creamish and striated red along veins, or wholly red; not glossy. marginal teeth of labellum (6-)7-9(-10), to 1 mm long, ± angular-truncate, concolorous (7-)15-25(-27), the largest to 3 mm or more long, sub-acute, bicolorous. calli congested, distant from apex, in 4 (occasionally 6) rows; inner row with about same number of calli as marginal teeth widely spaced, approaching apex, in 6 (rarely 4) rows; inner row with about same number of calli as mar- ginal teeth. calli very shortly stalked, to 2.5 mm high, with broad ± planate heads, concolorous, dark to light yellowish-red, or dark with paler flat sur- face. long-stalked, to 3.5 mm high, nar- row, bicolorous. column small, wings ± deep red and translucent throughout larger, wings almost colourless floral fragrance weak, sweet, with pungent animal-like overtone strong ‘burnt plastic’ smell Conservation Status: A very restricted endemic known with certainty from only about ten square kilometres around the type locality and from private land at Cashmore, several kilometres east of the type area. Around the type locality it exists on public land in the Bats Ridge Wildlife Reserve (several populations) and on adjoining private land. Extant populations are of unknown size. The conservation status according to the code of Leigh et al. (1981) is assessed at 2VC. Caladenia calcicola is one of the rarest and most restricted species of Caladenia in Victoria. Its former distribution may have been wider on limestone outcrops (see ecology) in far south-west Victoria and perhaps south-east South Australia. Most of these outcrops have been cleared for agriculture but the species may occur in similar habitat in the Lower Glenelg National Park to the west of Bats Ridge. The largest population known by me, adjacent to the type locality, was destroyed in 1980-1984 by limestone quarrying operations. SPECIES CONCEPTS IN CALADENIA (SECTION CALONEMA) The recognition of C. calcicola as a distinct species is based on an evolutionary species concept (Wiley, 1981) to which reproductive isolation is central. This con- trasts with the traditional conservative species concepts, often based on inadequate 190 material and lack of field knowledge of taxa, which prevailed before the reproductive biology and pollination system in Caladenia (section Calonema) were known. Stoutamire (1974, 1975, 1983) showed that pseudocopulation is a basic polli- nation syndrome in Caladenia (section Calonema). Male thynnid wasps are attracted to flowers for sexual rewards. Unpublished data collected by the author and M. A. Clements (pers. comm.) support these findings. On the available evidence it is very likely that mechanisms involved in Caladenia pollination parallel those involved in the pollination of the Mediterranean orchid genus Ophrys. The model developed for Ophrys pollination by Kullenberg (1961), Kullenberg and Bergstrom (1976) and Bergstrom (1978) indicates that olfactory, tactile and visual stimuli lead to behaviour in male aculeate hymenoptera which affects pollination. The olfactory stimulus is the primary and independent stimulus and tactile and visual stimuli are secondary and dependent (Bergstrom, 1978). Concerning the taxonomic appraisal of Caladenia (section Calonema) in the context of an evolutionary species concept, weight is placed on morphological and other criteria hitherto overlooked or ignored in a traditional species concept. This accounts for the detailed description of C. calcicola presented here. Taxonomic criteria include habitat (ecology), trichome characters, floral fragrance, colour of floral organs and detailed comparative morphology of floral parts. The functional significance, however, of some of the morphological features (e.g. marginal or- namentation of labellum, presence of two basal glandular processes on the inside of the column) is not yet known. In traditional concepts variation in a number of characters was often considered to be continuous in polymorphic assemblages, e.g. colour and relative sizes of floral parts. This is rarely the case and where it does exist introgression may often explain this variation (Carr, unpublished data). It is considered that the primary mechanism for speciation in pseudocopulatory Caladenia is likely to be segregation of a biochemical isolate differing in floral fragrance (i.e. sexual pheromones). This would be capable of attracting a different species of pollinating insect. Pollinator-mediated selection pressures would then lead to morphological differentiation as a consequence of the crucial role of visual and tactile stimuli in the pollination process. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Dr J. H. Willis for the Latin diagnosis and to David Albrecht (National Herbarium of Victoria), Colin and Dorothy Woolcock and Randall Robinson for valuable assistance. The Directors of HO and AD are thanked for the loan of Caladenia material. REFERENCES Abele, C., Kenley, P. R., Holdgate, G. & Ripper, P. (1976). Otway Basin. In Douglas, J. G. & Ferguson, J. A. (eds), ‘Geology of Victoria.’ (Geological Society of Australia; Melbourne). Bergstrom, G. (1978). Role of volatile chemicals in Ophrys — pollinator interactions. In Harbourne, J. B. (ed.), ‘Biochemical Aspects of Plant and Animal Co-evolution.’ (Academic Press: New York). Dressier, R. L. (1981). ‘The Orchids. Natural History and Classification.’ (Harvard University Press: Massachusetts). Forbes, S. J., Gullan, P. K., Kilgour, R. A. and Powell, M. A. (1984). ‘A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria.’ (National Herbarium of Victoria: Melbourne). Izco, J. (1980). The role of phytosociological data in floras and taxonomy. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 80: 179- 90. Kullenberg, B. (1961). Studies in Ophrys pollination. Zool. Bidrag Uppsala. 34: 1-340, t. 1-51. Kullenberg, B. & Bergstrom, G. (1976). The pollination of Ophrys orchids. Bot. Not. 129: 11-19. Leigh, J., Briggs, J. & Hartley, W. (1981). Rare or threatened Australian plants. Austral. Natl Parks and Wildl^e Serv. Special Publ. No. 7. Stoutamire, W. P. (1974). Australian terrestrial orchids, thynnid wasps, and pseudocopulation. Amer. Orch. Soc. Bull. 43: 13-18. Stoutamire, W. P. (1975). Pseudocupulation in Australian terrestrial orchids. Amer. Orch. Soc. Bull. 44: 226-33. 191 Stoutamire, W. P. (1983). Wasp-pollinated species of Caladenia (Orchidaceae) in south-western Australia. Austral. J. Bol. 31: 383-94. Wiley, E. O. (1981). ‘Phylogenetics. The Theory and Practice of Phylogenetic Systeraatics. (John Wiley and Sons: New York). Woolcock, C. & Woolcock, D. (1984). ‘Australian Terrestrial Orchids.’ (Thomas Nelson: Melbourne). Manuscript received 8 July 1985. A NEW SPECIES OF HELICIA, NEW COMBINATIONS AND LECTOTYPIFICATION IN TRIUNIA (PROTEACEAE) FROM AUSTRALIA by D. B. Foreman* ABSTRACT Foreman, D. B. A new species of Helicia, new combinations and lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) from Australia. Muetleria 6(3): 193-196 (1986). — Helicia recurva sp. nov. is described, together with notes on distribution, habitat and diagnostic features. Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. montana C. White and H. youngiana var. robusta C. White are raised to species level in the genus Triunia L. Johnson & B. Briggs; lectotypes are designated for these two taxa. HELICIA Lour. In a recent review of the genus Helicia Lour, in Australia (Foreman 1983) particular comment was made on two collections from north Queensland, viz. C. T. White 10643 (BRI) from Mt Spurgeon and H. Flecker 2330 (QRS) from Upper Mossman River. These collections were tentatively placed under Helicia australasica F. Muell., although at the time it was pointed out that the leaves were more coriaceous than usual for that species and the margins of the leaves were recurved, a feature which had not been seen in other specimens of H. australasica. Further matching collections from much the same localities, in flower and young fruit, have now been seen and it has become apparent that these collections belong to a distinct taxon which I now describe. Helicia recurva D. Foreman, sp. nov. Arbor ad 10 m alta. Foiiorum lamina plerumque elliptica vel parum obovata, acuta ad acuminata, versus basin cuneata ad attenuata, 5-13.5 cm longa, 2.5-5 cm lata, coriacea, juventute sparsim ferrugineo-pilosa; margines recurvi, integri vel dentibus paucis parvis instructi; nervi 5-9- jugi, in pagina abaxiali elevati, prominentes; petiolus 5-8 mm longus. Inflorescentia axillaris, 7-11.5 cm longa, ferrugineo-pilosa. Pedicelli 2 mm longi, ferrugineo-pilosa. Perianthium 10- 13 mm longum, ± glabrum. Ovarium sparsim pilosum, pilis ferrugineis vel rufis. Fructus immaturus, eo H. australasicae similis; pericarpium coriaceum. Tree to 10 m tall. Branchlets terete, ferruginous-pilose to ferruginous-tomentose towards the tips, becoming glabrous lower down. Leaf blade mostly elliptic or slightly obovate, acute to acuminate, cuneate to attenuate at the base, 5-13.5 cm long, 2.5-5 cm wide, coriaceous, sparsely ferruginous-pilose when young particularly on the midrib and main nerves, becoming glabrous, drying olivaceous to yellowish- green above, mid- to light-brown beneath; margin recurved, entire or with a few small irregularly spaced teeth mostly towards the apex; midrib flattened to slightly sunken above, raised and very prominent beneath; nerves 5-9 pairs, slightly sunken above, raised and very prominent beneath, straight in the lower half to two-thirds, curved upwardly and anastomosing towards the margin; reticulations obscure, dense, slightly raised on both surfaces; petiole 5-8 mm long, with a well defined pulvinus. Inflorescence axillary, 7-11.5 cm long, ferruginous-pilose; rachis 1 mm diam. Bract subtending flower pairs 1 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Floral bracts 0.5 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Pedicels 2 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Perianth 10-13 mm long, glabrous or sparsely ferruginous-pilose; limb 3 mm x 1.5 mm, fusiform. Anthers 1.5 mm long. Hypogynous glands free, rounded. Ovary sparsely ferrugi- nous- to rufous-pilose; style glabrous; pollen presenter 2 mm x 0.5 mm, fusiform. Fruit (immature, about half ripe) final size and shape not discernible but apparently ± similar to H. australasica; pericarp coriaceous. (Fig. 1). ‘National tterbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 193 194 >A7>- JM u. - bklSBANE ' •■■*■ •■ n r'.v.i:, ' ' , }nb»-ouo leMV'^s «t*4 t. -.4>arfcitJOfi, ... • 4 ’. i0i>43, Jcjptc;.tot:r 19v5u. -u«li trcv ia rj.ixi. foi'eiit. NATIONAL HFHf^ARlU^'i OF VICTORIA Fig. 1. Helicia recurva D. Foreman. Holotype. 195 Type Collection: Mt Spurgeon, North Queensland, ix.l936, C. T. White 10643 (flowering col- lection). (Holotype: BRI 164227. Isotypes: BRI 164226; MEL 1540426). Further Specimens Examined: Queensland — Upper Mossman River, 21. x. 1938, Flecker 2330 (QRS); Platypus Creek at head of Mossman River, ix.I972, Tracy 14883 (BRI); near Schillers Hut, Mt Spurgeon, ix.i972, Webb & Tracey 13370 (BRI). Distribution and Habitat: Known only from Mt Spurgeon and the upper reaches of the Mossman River. In simple notophyll vine forest on soils derived from granite, at altitudes to 1250 metres. Discussion: The specific epithet refers to the recurved leaf margin, a feature not seen in other Australian species of Helicia. H. recurva appears to be most closely allied to H. australasica. Both species have distinct petioles, glabrous or near-glabrous leaves and hairy ovaries. The only other Helicia species to have this combination of characters is H. grayi Foreman which can be distinguished immediately by its much longer pedicels and perianth segments. H. recurva can be distinguished from H. australasica (syn. H. glabrescens C. White) (Foreman 1983) and also from H. grayi by its more coriaceous leaves with midrib and main nerves impressed above and very prominent beneath, giving many of the leaves a sub-bullate appearance, by its recurved leaf margin (this feature appears to be fairly consistent in all the dried material examined) and by the predominently elliptic leaf shape. The flowers of H. recurva and H. australasica are quite similar although those of H. recurva tend to have fewer hairs. TRIUNA L. Johnson & B. Briggs Johnson & Briggs (1975) established the genus Triunia by raising to generic rank Helicia section Macadamopsis Sleum., typifying it by Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. They considered at this time that the genus included “one or two further species” although formal combinations were not made. Since Helicia youngiana var. montana C. White and Helicia youngiana var. robusta C. White both appear to be distinct from each other and from Triunia youngiana (C. Moore & F. Muell.) Johnson & Briggs they are here raised to species rank, giving a total of three species of Triunia present in Australia. Triunia montana (C. White) D. Foreman, comb, et stat. nov. Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. montana C. White, Contr. Arnold Abor. 4: 24 (1933). Lectotype (here designated): Bellenden Ker, Palm Camp, Meston’s Bellenden Ker Expedition, 1889, F. M. Bailey s.n. (BRI 164626). Syntypes: Bellenden Kerr near the summit, i. 1923, C. T. White s.n. (BRI 164310 & 164311). At one time it was thought that T. montana was restricted in its distribution to the Bellenden Ker Range in north Queensland (White 1933). However, now it has been found on Mt Lewis and the Great Dividing Range, north-west of Mossman in the vicinity of Black Mountain and Mt Spurgeon. T. montana can be distinguished from both T. youngiana and T. robusta by its entire, acuminate, coriaceous, smooth glossy leaves which dry ± the same colour above and beneath. The flowers of all three species are more or less similar, but the perianth segments of T. montana are less hairy than those of either T. youngiana 196 or T. robusta and they have a characteristic tuft of hairs about 1-1.5 mm long at the end of the limb. Representative Specimens Seen: Queensland — State Forest Reserve 310, Bellenden Ker Logging Area, 26. ix. 1975, Dockrilt 1084 (QRS); Timber Reserve 140, Zarda Logging Area, 17. iv. 1968, Hyland 4935 (QRS); Summit of Mt Bellenden Ker, 2.viii.l971, Hyland 5320 (QRS); Bellenden Ker, 30.xi.l972, Hyland 6571 (QRS); Mt Bartle-Frere, i.l891, Johnson s.n. (MEL). Triunia robusta (C. White) D. Foreman, comb, et stat. nov. Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. robusta C. White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 23 (1933). Lectotype (here designated): Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. H. Simmonds s.n. (BRI 164315). Isolectotype: Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. H. Simmonds s.n. (BRI 164314). Syntypes: Maroochie [Yandina], vii. 1888, F. M. Bailey s.n. (BRI 022471); Eumundi, xi. 1894, F. M. Bailey & J. H. Simmonds s.n. (BRI 164313); Eumundi, 1900, J. F. Bailey s.n. (BRI 164317); Maroochie [Yandina], J. Low s.n. (BRI 164316); Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. B. Staer s.n. (BRI 164312). Triunia robusta is most closely allied to T. youngiana but it can be distinguished by its larger oblong-elliptic leaves which are smooth and glossy above, mostly entire or with a few (sometimes deep) teeth towards the apex. White (1933) included amongst the specimens he cited under Helicia youngiana var. robusta a collection from East Malanda, Atherton Tableland, 22. ix. 1929, S. F. Kajewski 1219 (BRI). This and other collections from north Queensland which have been referred to H. youngiana var. robusta appear to represent a distinct but as yet undescribed species. There do not appear to be any recent collections of Triunia robusta from the Eumundi/Maroochie (Yandina) area and due to extensive clearing in the region this taxon may now be extinct. Additional Specimens Examined: Queensland — Maroochie [Yandina], xi. 1879, Bailey (MEL 93791); Eumundi, Shirley (BRI 164284); Eumundi, v. 1892, Simmonds (BRI 105362). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank the Directors of BRI and QRS for the loan of herbarium material. Mr Alex George kindly prepared the Latin description. REFERENCES Foreman, D. B. (1983). A review of the genus Helicia Lour. (Proteaceae) in Australia. Brunonia 6: 59- 72. Johnson, L. A. S. & Briggs, B. G. (1975), On the Proteaceae — the evolution and classification of a southern family. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 70: 82-182. White, C. T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the Arnold Arboretum in north Queensland by S.F. Kajewski in 1929. Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 5-113. Manuscript received 3 September 1985. NYMPHOIDES DISPERMA (MENYANTHACEAE): A NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES by Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, H. I. Nymphoides disperma (Menyanthaceae); a new Australian species. Muelleria 6(3): 197-200 (1986). — Nymphoides disperma is described and its diagnostic features illustrated. The species occurs in the Kimberley region of Western Australia. TAXONOMY This paper is the third precursor to a revision of Nymphoides Seguier in Australia. Two previous papers describing seven new species appeared in Muelleria 5:35-51 (1982) and 5:265-270 (1984). Except for a modification concerning style type, the common characters given on page 35 of the first paper also apply to N. disperma. This species belongs in the “geminata group” defined on the same page. Nymphoides disperma H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Annua. Lamina folii natans, 15-40 x 14-45 mm, plus minusve rotunda (nonnunquam late-ovata) profunde cordata. Inflorescentia breviter elongata pedicellis geminatis unoquoque nodo vel condensatis; internodia brevia, ad 1-8 mm longa. Flores 5-partiti, non nisi homostylosi ( = mediostylosi) iam cogniti. Corolla c. 16-25 mm diam. aurantio-lutea; lobae alls latis valde laciniatis atque basi fimbria transversali imperfecta praeditae papillarum gracilium in uno centrali fasciculo et duobus fasciculis lateralibus dispositarum; unusquisque fasciculus pler- umque in basi prominente; tubus quinque fasciculis pilorum c. 10-12 brevium tenuium simplicium liberorum intra faucem praeditus. Capsula oblonga, c. 3. 5-4. 3 x 2.0-2.25 mm. Semina 1-4, plerumque 2 (duobus superpositis) per capsulam plus minusve globosa et modice utrinque compressa, 1. 9-2-4 x 1.75-2.3 x 1.55-1.85 mm, sculpta per caespites dispersos tuberculorum longorum obtusorum eminentes super planum parietum cellularum convexorum (nonnunquam caespites eminentes desunt); caruncula basalis, semi-circularis, pallida, parva, inconspicua. Ab alis luteofloralibus speciebus, “geminatae gregis”, et per ordinationem fimbriae in corolla, et per magnitudinem formamque seminorum, et per sculpturam seminorum, et per capsulam plerumque 2-seminalem distincta est. Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Rootstock slender, few-60 mm long X 2-3 mm diam., bearing lateral roots. Branches several from the plant base, slender, flexuose, floating, simple or once forked, to 50 cm long x <1-1.5 mm diam., their terminal portions developing the inflorescences. Basal leaves several; petiole slender, terete, 6.5-31 cm long x 1-1.5 mm diam.; blade near-rounded (occasionally broad-ovate) in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 27-40% of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 30°-50° (-80°) angle), obtuse to rounded, entire, 15-40 x 14-45 mm with length from a little less than to a little greater than the width, thin-textured, green above, green to deep purplish-maroon beneath, floating. Cauline leaves similar; petiole 2-7 cm long. Inflorescences as for the ‘‘geminata group”, terminal on the branches, the rhachis short and from more or less absent (the pedicels then appearing clustered) to 3 cm long; internodes short, from < 1-8 mm long; pedicels 7-15 per inflorescence, very slender, 45-92 mm long X c. 0.5 mm diam. Flowers 5 -partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to ovate, acute, 4-4.5 mm long, with narrow translucent margins. Corolla c. 16-25 mm span, yellow to orange-yellow. Corolla lobes broad-oblong to obovate. Mid-section of corolla lobe glabrous except for a conspicuous, incomplete, transverse fringe of papillae across its base and for an inconspicuous cluster of short fine simple hairs on each edge at the base; fringe consisting of one central and two lateral clusters of slender ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 197 198 papillae, sometimes with scattered single papillae arising between the clusters; papillae of each cluster to 1.5 mm long, united on a base of raised tissue or those of the central cluster distinct, without a common base. Side-wings of corolla lobe broad, undulate, strongly laciniate, extending from the lobe apex almost to its base. Corolla tube papillae free within each cluster, sessile, consisting of c. 10-12 short, fine, simple hairs. Stamens with filaments c. 0. 8-1.1 mm long in mid-styled flowers; anthers more or less linear, c. 2. 2-2. 5 times as long as broad, 1.5-1. 7 mm long. Gynoecium (mid-styled flower) c. 3.7 mm long; ovary 2-2.2 mm long, free except at the base, more or less linear-conical, tapered into the short broad style; placentas 2, positioned centrally along the length of the ovary wall, the 1 or 2 funicles on each being short and thick; ovules 2 ( — 4); style 0.1 mm long, almost indistinguishable from the ovary summit; stigmas 2, each a papillate, erect, deeply lobed and undulate wing c. 1.2-1. 4 mm long x c. 1.6 mm broad. Capsule oblong (drying, in typical 2-seeded capsules, with a slight transverse constriction around the middle between the seeds), from a little less than to a little greater than the calyx, c. 3. 5-4.3 x 2-2.5 mm. Seeds (1 -)2(-4) per capsule; body of seed more or less globose but moderately laterally compressed, 1.9-2. 4 mm long x 1.75-2.3 mm wide X 1.55-1.85 mm broad, more or less straw-coloured (or ? finally black) when mature, sculptured with a uniform layer of low convex cell walls and usually also with spaced clusters of long obtuse tubercles projecting vertically above that layer like steep-sided plateaus rising abruptly from a plain; basal caruncle present, pale, semi-circular around a short projection of the seed body, small and inconspicuous. Type Collection; Unnamed creek running into Pauline Bay, Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 14° 12' 30" S., 126° 22' E., 22.V.1984, S. J. Forbes 2098 (Holotype: MEL 672226. IsotypeS: MEL 611221 , PERTH). Other Specimens Examined: Western Australia (Kimberley region) — Kalumburu [14° 18' S., 126° 38' E.], 3.vii.l960, Douglas & Meess.n. (PERTH). Blyxa Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 48' S., 125° 20' E., 21.vm.l974 A. 5. George 12508 in part (PERTH — sheet 3 of dried coll. & spirit coll. 2167/B; not sheets 1 & 2 which are N. aurantiaca (Dalz.) Kuntze). Distribution: Western Australia — Known only from the three collections cited above, all from the northern or north-western Kimberley region. Almost certainly occurs in other places of suitable habitat in this remote area. Habitat; Clear, still to flowing, fresh water to 70 cm deep on sandy substrate m creeks and creek-pools. Altitude 10 m (Forbes 2098). Readily recognised as a member of the “geminata group” by the orange-yellow flowers and the more or less open inflorescence with twinned pedicels. It differs from all other members of that group in the pattern of the corolla fringe and in the distinctive sculpturing of typical seeds. . The epithet disperma refers to the usually two seeds which are superposed m each capsule. . ... As the material examined is limited and I have not seen this species m the field, dimensions given in the description will probably need some expansion as more collections are made. No obviously long-styled or short-styled flowers have yet been collected but it is very probable that they exist. Spirit-preserved flowers from the Forbes 2098 type collection all appear mid-styled, with the anthers held more or less level with the stigmas. Buds examined from spirit-preserved infloresc- ences of George 12508 agree with flowers from Forbes 2098. 199 Fig. 1. Nymphoides disperma. a — corolla, portion showing one lobe with its incomplete basal fringe and one of the “papillae” clusters of the throat; stamens removed, x 6.5. b — corolla, basal portion of (a) enlarged; stamens shown, x 13. c — leaf laminas, x 1. d — capsule, 2-seeded, L.S. showing one of the placentas (= a short thick funicle) with its seed; second placenta and seed from L.H. side of capsule not shown, x 8. e — seed, portion of surface showing sculpture, x 50. f — seed, basal portion showing caruncle and surface sculpture, x 30. All from Forbes 2098 (MEL). The projecting clusters of tubercles which form part of the sculpture of typical seeds are conspicuously present in the type material and in the Douglas & Mees s.n. collection but are absent from the N. disperma portions of George 12508. Seeds of the latter retain the layer of convex cell walls and are comparable in other ways with fully sculptured seeds. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS My thanks are extended to Mr K. F. Kenneally, Western Australian Herbarium, for his assiduous collection of Nymphoides during his various Kimberley expeditions, 200 to Mr S. J. Forbes, National Herbarium of Victoria, for his vigilance on my behalf during his 1984 Kimberley expedition, to Dr G. A. M. Scott, Botany Department, Monash University, Melbourne, for preparaton of the Latin description from an English draft and to Miss A. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for providing the illustration. Manuscript received 28 June 1985. A NEW SPECIES OF CAREX (CYPERACEAE: CARICOIDEAE) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA by K. R. Thiele* ABSTRACT Thiele, K. R. A new species of Carex (Cyperaceae: Caricoideae) from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 6(3): 201-204 (1986). — A new species of Carex, C. incomitata, from montane south-eastern Australia is described and illustrated, with notes on its distribution and habitat. INTRODUCTION Examination of material determined as Carex appressa R.Br. in MEL and CBG has revealed that a number of specimens from Victoria and south-eastern New South Wales previously referred to that name constitute an undescribed species which is here named C. incomitata. TAXONOMY Carex incomitata K. R. Thiele, sp. nov. C. appressa R.Br. forma minor sens. plur. auct. Aust., non Kiikenthal. Caricis appressae affinis sed rhizomate repenti, habitu diffuse caespitoso; inflorescentia brevi congesta, spiculis ad basim multorum flosculorum femineorum, ad maturitatem utriculorum late reflexorum, masculae sectionis terminalis inconspicuae, utriculis omnino tenuiter papyr- aceis, ambo extremitates versus aequaliter contractis, laete viridibus, ad maturitatem deni- gricantibus differt. Type Collection: Victoria, Goongerah, 69 km N. of Orbost on the Bonang Highway, 37°21 'S., 148°41 'E., 8.xi.l982, K. R. Thiele 392 (Holotype: MEL 105860. Isotypes: CANB, K, NSW). Perennial. Rhizome stout, short-creeping, 2-4 mm diameter, covered with per- sistent dull brown papery scales. Leaves to 85 cm x 8 mm, pale verdant green, rather thin and lax, strongly but finely retrorsely scabridulous at least distally on the margins and adaxial surface of the major nerves; internerve surfaces and minor nerves smooth to minutely tuberculate; leaf-sheath pale, transversely septate, smooth and glossy adaxially, smooth to minutely tuberculate abaxially, with a hyaline membranous margin. Culms erect to inclined, (26-)50-70(-90) cm tall, rather slender, acutely triquetrous with retrorsely scabridulous angles at least towards the apex. Inflorescence axis unbranched or with few closely appressed basal branches to 20 rnm long, the axis and branches densely covered with numerous, congested, sessile, short, ovoid spikes, the whole forming a cylindric or narrow-oblong spike- like panicle (2.4-)5-8(-10) cm long x (5-)6-8(-10) cm wide, sometimes somewhat lobed or interrupted at the base. Bracts subtending the panicle branches and spikes glumaceous or the lowermost filiform-scabrid, to 10 mm long. Spikes androgynous; axis 1.0- 1.5 mm long, bearing 5-12 female florets below and 6-10 male florets above. Male glumes 2 mm long, ovate, obtuse or truncate-erose at the apex, with a pallid greenish one-nerved costa and hyaline margins suffused apically with reddish-chestnut. Female glumes 2.5 mm long, two thirds the length of the mature utricle, similar in shape and colouration to the male. Utricle (2.4-)2.5-2.6(-2.7) mm long, (1.4-)1.5-1.6(-1.8) mm wide, plano-convex to lenticular in section, elliptic. * C/o Australian National Herbarium, CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, Black Mountain, Canberra A.C.T., Australia 2601. 201 202 Fig. 1. Carex incomitatus. a — habit, x 0.5. b — spikelet, x 3. c — utricle (1, abaxial, 2, ad^ial, 3, T.S.), X 15. d — nut, x 15. e — female glume, x 18. f — male glume, x 18. g — lower bract, x 14. h — T.S. culm, x 7. i — leaf, portion of abaxial surface, x 14. Carex appressa. j — utricle, abaxial, x 15. k — T.S. utricle, x 15. a— i, from the holotype. 203 narrowing evenly and symmetrically to both ends, short-beaked, spiny-scabrous in the upper third, papery throughout but slightly ribbed on the margins, vivid green becoming shining black at maturity; abaxial surface 6-7 nerved; adaxial surface 4-5 nerved but the nerves sometimes incomplete. Style-branches 2. Achene obovate, short-beaked, lenticular in transverse section. Distribution: Apparently widespread and frequent in montane eastern Victoria and south- eastern New South Wales, with isolated occurrences as far north as the Warrum- bungle Range. A single record for the Western District of Victoria (MEL 536393) IS anomalous and further collecting is needed to evaluate the significance of this record. Habitat: Characteristically in open grassy woodland and forests, usually on well-drained slopes and ndge-tops. In this respect it differs from other species of Carex in the region. Selected Specimens Examined: ~ Gippsland, B. A. Road, between Bonang Highway and Mount Ellery, Grid Z20 ini’; rMm Weeragua, Grid Z23, 20.xi.l947, N.A. Wakefield 3081 (MEL 1508969). Near head of Bundarrah River at fossil cliff, Bogong High Plains c 5600 feet 1527685). Wilkin, SW. of Casterton, Grid D38, 30.X.1960, A.C. Beauglehole 8225 (MEL 536393). p "iT ** Kiandra, ll.xii.l969, R. Coveny 2606 & A. 1527686). Batlow Hill, 0.5 km W., 3.5 km N. of Batlow P.O., 14.xii 1980 K R Thiele 188 (CBG 8100631). Little Forest Plateau, 16 km NW. of Milton, South Coast 35°12’S i56°19’E alt. 500 m, ll.xii.I975, l.R. Telford 4221 (CBG 8202264). Australian Capital Territory Gudgenby Nature Reserve, Orroral River crossing on Orroral Road 8^2) ^ ’ '‘**°59’E., alt. 880 m, 23.X.1980, EM. Canning 5020 & D. Verdon (CBG 204 Notes: The epithet is derived from the Latin for “unaccompanied”. C. incomitata is characteristically found in a habitat from which other species of Carex are absent. C. incomitata belongs in Carex subgenus Vignea, along with C. appressa with which it has been confused. It differs from that species principally in the characters given in Table 1. Table 1. Principal characters distinguishing Carex appressa and C. incomitata C. appressa C. incomitata Utricle inflated and corky in the lower half, abruptly contracting to the insertion, dull brown at ma- turity. membranous and papery throughout, evenly and symmetrically tapering to both ends, bright green turning black at ma- turity. Spikelets basal female florets usually few, inconspicuous, the terete distal male section clearly projecting at maturity. basal female florets many, widely reflexed at maturity and hiding the distal male section from view. Infloresc- often more than 12 cm long, sometimes rather never more than 12 cm long, always con- ence loose. gested. Habit often large, dense, well-formed tussocks. rather diffuse, shortly-rhizomatous tus- socks. Habitat moist places in swamps, soaks and stream- banks. hill slopes and ridge-tops in grassy forest and woodland. Specimens of Carex incomitata have usually been referred to C. appressa R.Br. forma minor Kiikenthal. Examination of apparent type material (MEL 625287) of this latter taxon held at MEL reveals it to be clearly similar to typical C. appressa in the possession of inflated, corky utricles. C. incomitata, with papery utricles, differs markedly. Although Carex incomitata generally resembles C. appressa it may not be taxonomically close to that species. Until a comprehensive systematic treatment of at least the Australian species of Carex is prepared the affinities of this new species remain in doubt. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank Dr J. H. Ross, National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, and Dr B. A. Barlow, Australian National Herbarium, CSIRO, Canberra, for their comments on the manuscript. Dr A. Kanis, Australian National Herbarium, pre- pared the Latin diagnosis. Manuscript received 27 March 1985. REDISCOVERY OF HEMICHROA MESEMBRYANTHEMA F. Muell. (AMARANTHACEAE) by R. J. Chinnock* and F. J. BADMANt ABSTRACT Chinnock, R. J. and Badman, F. J. Rediscovery of Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell. (Amar- anthaceae), Muelleria 6(3): 205-209 (1986). — Hemichroa mesembryanthema was recently rediscovered, 112 years after Ernest Giles first collected it. A detailed description and illustrations of the species are provided and relationships with the two other species of Hemichroa are considered. The known distribution and ecology of the species are discussed. INTRODUCTION In August 1872 Ernest Giles embarked on the first of his exploring expeditions to arid regions of Australia, including what is now northern South Australia. The trip was partially sponsored by Ferdinand Mueller, the government botanist at the Melbourne Botanic Gardens, hoping that Giles would in return collect plant spec- imens for him. One of the collections made by Giles near Lake Eyre was described by Mueller in April of the following year as Hemichroa mesembryanthema. No further specimens of this species are known to have been collected since that time. In August 1984 F. J. Badman found two plants growing at Strangways Springs on the west side of Lake Eyre and a pressed specimen of them was identified as Hemichroa mesembryanthema. During a concerted search for it in March 1985 three populations of this species were located between Strangways Railway Siding and Mound Springs ruins (Fig. 1). Two of the populations (sites B & C) consisted of between 200 and 300 plants each while the third (site C) was much larger, having an estimated 600 plants. It is very likely that Giles collected his specimen in this general area as he passed through Strangways Springs Telegraph Station on his way to Peake. He also made reference to the mound springs and their value as a water source in the preface to the account of his journeys to central Australia published in 1889. DESCRIPTION Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell., Fragm. 8:38 (1873); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. edn 1:209 (1924); edn 2:323 (1948). — Polycnemon mesembryanthemum (F. Muell.) F. Muell., J. Bot. 15:276 (1877); F. Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 1:29 (1882); F. Muell., Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 49 (1889); Tate, FI. Extratrop. S. Austral. 219 (1890). Holotype: E. Giles s.n., towards Lake Eyre, no date (MEL 98604). Erect glabrous divaricate shrub 0.6-l(-l.l) m tall, 0.6-1. 5(-2. 35) m diam. Branches fleshy, light reddish-purple, glaucous, becoming light brown when woody, very finely striate and minutely irregularly papillate; branch tips more or less spinescent. Leaves opposite, adnate to the branch, succulent, glaucous, grey-green but often tinged purplish; free part triquetrous or clavate, (5-)15-22 x 2.5-4 mm, mucronate, constricted just above the base, base purplish, slightly gibbose. Flower spikes terminal; floral bracts opposite or subopposite, at flowering stage 9-12 x 2. 5 -3. 5 mm, erect and similar in shape and colour to the leaves although the adaxial surface is concave in the basal half; during fruit development the bracts enlarge to * State Herbarium of South Australia, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 5000. t P.O. Box 38, Marree, South Australia, Australia 5733. 205 206 Fig. 1. Known populations of Hemichroa mesembryanthema. 15-30 X 7-10 mm, becoming patent or reflexed, rigid and pale brown on drying with the apex weakly spinescent and the base prominently gibbose. Flowers solitary in the bract axil; bracteoles lanceolate, 4.5-7 x 1.3-2. 3 mm, acuminate, prominently keeled, the midportion fleshy, green drying brown, the margins membranous, translucent. Tepals 5, imbricate, subequal, lanceolate, 7.5-10 x 2-3 mm, acuminate, medial portion thick, green, drying pale brown, marginal portions white, translucent along edges. Stamens 2; filaments bright red drying black, connate in lower two- thirds, dilated and flattened, more or less plate-like, appressed to ovary; anthers yellow, bilocular, dehiscing longitudinally. Ovary superior, bright red, ovoid, com- pressed on posterior and anterior surfaces, unilocular with one ovule, smooth; style with a bifid stigma. Fruit indehiscent, crustaceous, black, ovoid, 3-4 x 2. 3-3. 7 mm, compressed, more or less rugose. Seed light brown, pyriform to almost globose, 2. 7-3. 5 X 2-2.5 mm, smooth. Specimens Examined: South Australia (Lake Eyre region) — Badman 1407, Strangways Springs, 2.viii.I984 (AD, CANB). Badman 1633, I km N. of Strangways Rail Siding, I0.iii.I985 (AD, MEL). Badman 1637, 2 km W. of Strangways Rail Siding, 12.iii.l985 (AD, MEL). Badman 1640, 3 km W. of Strangways Rail Siding, 16.iii.l985 (AD). Fig. 2. Hemichroa mesembryanthema. a — habit, b — vegetative shoot, c — floral shoot, d — open flower in bract axil, e — bracteole. f — tepal. g & h — adaxial and abaxial views of flower, i — ovary and uppermost part of style with bifid stigma, j — stamens showing the dilated connate base and longitudinally dehiscent anthers, k & 1 — top and side view of mature fruiting bracts (cf. flowering bract (c), same scale), m & n — abaxial and side view of fruit, o & p — distal and lateral view of seed. All from Badman 1637. 50 mm 207 208 Distribution and Ecology: Hemichroa mesembryanthema is, according to present records, endemic to the Strangways-Mound Springs area between latitudes 29°08' and 29° 09' S. and be- tween longitudes 136°32' and 136°34'E. It occurs in low shrubland dominated by chenopodiaceous shrubs on fine powdery yellowish-red saline clay loam on low- lying flats. At site A, Halosarcia species predominate although A triplex vesicaria and Maireana astrotricha are very common. In the northern part Acacia ligulata and A. victoriae are common although they do occur sporadically throughout the area together with A. tetragonophylla and Pittosporum phylliraeoides. Perennial grasses Enneapogon cylindricus and Panicum decompositum and numerous ephemerals including Helipterum floribundum, H. strictum, Calocephalus platycephalum, Streptoglossa adscendens, Salsola kali and Osteocarpum dipterocarpum are also common. Convolvulus erubescens is frequently found climbing over Hemichroa plants. The vegetation at sites A & B are comparable but at site C Maireana astrotricha, Acacia ligulata and A. victoriae are absent and replaced by Acacia stenophylla, Atriplex nummularia, Nitraria billardieri, Lawrencia glomerata, Frankenia sp. and Eragrostis sp. Hemichroa mesembryanthema occurs on low-lying flats or along drainage systems in a band running north-east to south-west between the Mound Springs ruins and Strangways. The species is, however, absent from the limestone mound springs, the lowest lying areas dominated almost exclusively by Halosarcia spp., the gibber plains to the south dominated by Maireana pyramidata and the low sandy rises and dunes. During March 1985 rabbits were found to be common at all sites and about 100 cattle were watering at Strangways Bore, but no browsing of Hemichroa was observed. It is interesting to note that Leigh, Boden & Briggs (1984) considered that the presumed extinction of H. mesembryanthema appeared to be the result of grazing by domestic stock and rabbits. Notes: Hemichroa mesembryanthema is closely related to H. diandra R.Br. Both species have floral bracts which, during fruit formation, enlarge and develop a gibbose base; they have two stamens which have their filaments connate and dilated in the basal half or two-thirds and ovoid to pyriform, pale brown, smooth seed with a dull surface. The former species is readily distinguished by its divaricate branch pattern, the glabrous branches with more or less spinescent branch tips, opposite leaves and bracts, red staminal filaments and ovary, the greatly enlarging floral bracts which become patent or reflexed and a seed which is twice as large. In H. diandra only slight enlargement of the bracts occurs and the base quite often is not gibbose. The third species in the genus, H. pentandra, is not considered to be closely related to the above two species. The branches are densely hairy towards the apices; the leaves and bracts are not adnate to the branches below the free base; the floral bracts neither enlarge nor become gibbose; five free stamens occur in a ring around the ovary and the seed is sublenticular, black and glossy. In addition this species appears to be confined to coastal saline swamps whereas both H. diandra and H. mesembryanthema favour soils adjacent to coastal swamps or shores or areas only subject to occasional floodings in inland areas. It should be noted that Black’s (1924, 1948) reference to twin flowers in Hemichroa mesembryanthema is misleading. Only one flower occurs in each bract axil and presumably he meant that the flowers were paired along the branch because of the opposite, connate, bract pairs. Conservation Status: Leigh et. al. (1981) gave Hemichroa mesembryanthema a conservation status 209 rating of IX (known only from the type collection and not collected in the last 50 years). The ammended rating is now 2V. However, the populations should be monitored as they are adjacent to the Marree — Oodnadatta road and already a number of cleared lines for a new road (now abandoned) have been cut through site A, the largest population of the species. A new Oodnadatta road is being constructed through site C and a station track passes through sites A and B (Map 1). Between 50 and 100 plants have already been destroyed by earthworks associated with the new road. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Dr P. Short, National Herbarium of Victoria, for initially examining the type specimen of Hemichroa mesembryanthema for us, and Mr G. R. M. Dashorst for preparing the illustration. REFERENCES Black, J. M. (1924). ‘Flora of South Australia’ pt 2, ed. 1. (Government Printer: Adelaide). Black, J. M. (1948). ‘Flora of South Australia’ pt 2, ed. 2. (Government Printer: Adelaide). Giles, E. (1899). ‘Australia Twice Traversed’, vol. 1 (Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington: London). Leigh, J., Briggs; J. & Hartley, W. (1981). Rare or threatened Australian plants. Austral. Natl Parks & Wildlife Serv., Special Publ. No. 7. Leigh, J., Boden, R. & Briggs, J. (1984). ‘Extinct and Endangered Plants of Australia’. (Macmillan: Australia). Tate, R. (1890). ‘A handbook of the Flora of Extratropical South Australia’. (Education Department: Adelaide). Manuscript received 4 July 1985. NOTES ON AFZELIA Sm. AND PETALOSTYLIS R.Br. (CAESALPINIACEAE) by J. H. Ross* ABSTRACT Ross, J. H. Notes on Afzelia Sm. and Petalostylis R.Br. (Caesalpiniaceae). Muelleria 6(3): 211-215 (1986). — Afzelia australis F. M. Bailey is lectotypified. The genus Petalostylis is reviewed, a neotype of P. spinescens E. Pritzel is chosen, and notes, distribution maps and a key to the two species recognized are provided. INTRODUCTION The following notes arise out of the preparation of accounts of the respective genera for the Flora of Australia. TYPIFICATION OF AFZELIA AUSTRALIS F. M. Bailey F. M. Bailey (1888) based his description of Afzelia australis on material collected by Dr T. L. Bancroft at Johnstone River in the Cook district, Queensland. In response to a request for the loan of the type of A. australis I received from the Queensland Herbarium a specimen (BRI 8142) which has been accepted in BRI as type material although with some doubt. This doubt is indicated by a typed note initialled by C. T. White accompanying the specimen which reads: “The label of this specimen has been lost but it is probably the remains of Bailey’s type of the species”. The specimen is sterile and a trifle fragmentary. In contrast, there is a fertile specimen in MEL (MEL 1530057) accompanied by a letter from Bailey to Mueller dated 26 Nov. 1886. Bailey wrote: “At your request I have sent with this all of the flowers, I had, a pod, and shoot of foliage with a single trijugate leaf, a small piece of the wood, and a piece of the bark of Afzelia australis”. Bailey’s letter contains the same description of A. australis as that subsequently published in the protologue so it is clear that he had drawn up the description of what he called “my tree of the Johnstone River” before he sent the material to Mueller. All of the elements described by Bailey in his letter as having been sent to Mueller are represented on MEL 1530057. As indicated by Bailey in the protologue of A. australis, he and Mueller differed over the identity of the Johnstone River plant. Mueller (1882) had recorded the existence of A. bijuga (Colebr.) A. Gray in Queensland and his request to Bailey for material of the Johnstone River plant was to enable him to decide whether the material matched other material he had seen referred to A. bijuga or whether it did in fact represent a second species. Bailey went to some length in his letter to convince Mueller that A. australis was not conspecifie with A. bijuga and offered to publish A. australis “under our joint authority” if Mueller agreed that the Johnstone River plant was specifically distinct. It is clear, however, that Mueller considered A. australis to be conspecifie with A. bijuga, a view accepted by subsequent workers, the only difference being that the Queensland plant is now placed in the genus Intsia and is known as I. bijuga (Colebr.) O. Kuntze. In view of the uncertainty surrounding the specimen in BRI and the fact that it is sterile, I now select the sheet in MEL (MEL 1530057) collected by T. L. Bancroft at Johnstone River in 1886 and referred to above as the lectotype of A. australis. The BRI specimen (BRI 8142) is regarded as a doubtful isolectotype. *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 211 212 NOTES ON PETALOSTYLIS R.Br. Petalostylis R.Br., a small endemic genus largely confined to the arid regions of Australia, is distinguished from Labichea Gaudich. ex DC., the other member of the subtribe Labicheinae Irwin & Barneby, by the distinctive style which is dilated into a boat-shaped petaloid limb, and by differences in the androecium. R. Brown (1849) based his description of Petalostylis and the type P. labi- cheoides on inaterial collected by Sturt in Central Australia. Mueller (1856), mis- takenly believing Petalostylis R.Br. to be a later homonym of Petalostylis Grisebach, transferred P. labicheoides to his new genus Petalogyne and described a second species, Petalogyne cassioides from material he collected in northern Australia. Petalogyne cassioides was reduced to varietal rank under Petalostylis labicheoides by Bentham (1864), a situation which prevailed until Symon (1981) accorded var. cassioides specific rank. At the same time Symon relegated Petalostylis millefolium Pritzel, Petalostylis labicheoides var. microphylla Ewart & Morrison and Petalostylis spinescens Pritzel to synonymy under Petalostylis cassioides so that in recent years only two species have been recognized within the genus. Symon (1981) employed a combination of the length of the leaf-rhachis, leaflet number and leaflet shape to differentiate P. cassioides from P. labicheoides. Although these characters enable the two species to be distinguished in much of central Australia, when material of the genus is examined throughout its range' there is no discontinuity between the two species on the basis of leaf-rhachis length or in leaflet number. P. labicheoides tends to have short leaves with few large leaflets whereas P. cassioides tends to have longer leaves with more numerous smaller leaflets. Leaflet shape offers a more reliable means of separating the two species and the majority of specimens can be sorted quite readily on this basis (see key). A feature of some of the material referrable to P. cassioides is the tendency for the leaf-rhachis to become fairly rigid and persist after the leaflets have been shed. No diagnostic differences have been found in the flowers or fruits. The following key should enable most specimens to be determined; Leaflets 3-19, lanceolate, elliptic or narrow-obovate-oblong, acuminate apically, 0.8-3 cm long; leaf-rhachis 0.5-6, rarely to 8, cm long (W.A., S.A., Qld., NSW) P. labicheoides Leaflets mostly 11-80, usually obovate, obovate-oblong, obcordate or suborbicular, rounded or obtuse apically and emarginate, retuse or shortly mucronate, 0.2-1. 8 cm long; leaf-rhachis 1.5-14 cm long (W.A., N.T., S.A., Qld) .... P. cassioides P. cassioides and P. labicheoides have different distributional ranges which show little overlap except perhaps in Western Australia between Onslow and Carnarvon and in the Burke, Gregory and Mitchell districts of Queensland (see Figs. 1 and 2). Occasional specimens are very difficult to place with certainty, for example. Shields 2 (BRI 89374) collected from the Mitchell District, 20-40 miles SSW. of Winton on the Opalton road, Queensland. The specimen has some of the attributes of each species: it differs from typical P. labicheoides in having more numerous leaflets on some leaves and from typical P. cassioides in leaflet shape. The specimen shows an approach to P. cassioides, falls within the distributional range of this species, and has been referred to it hesitantly. The notes accompanying the specimen indicate that it was growing along a stock route which raises the possibility that the plant was raised from seed brought in by stock. There are two specimens from Doomadgee Reserve in north-west Queensland. J. R. Clarkson 2682 (BRI, QRS), collected on a levee of the Nicholson River, is unquestionably P. cassioides. An undated specimen collected by F. W. Whitehouse s.n. (BRI 345975) is difficult to place but is apparently referrable to P. labicheoides. It occurs within the distributional range of P. cassioides and far from the nearest population of P. labicheoides. Despite these occasional difficulties, P. cassioides and P. labicheoides appear to be sufficiently distinctive to warrant specific rank. 213 Fig. 1. The distribution of Petalostylis labicheoides. Fig. 2. The distribution of Petalostylis cassioides. Unlike P. labicheoides which is relatively uniform throughout its range, P. cassioides is polymorphic on account of the current inclusion within it of material formerly ascribed to P. millefolium, P. labicheoides var. microphylla and P. spinescens. During the preparation of a flora account of Petalostylis it was necessary to review this earlier decision to accommodate these taxa within P. cassioides. Pritzel (1904) based his description of P. millefolium on a specimen collected by Diels near Menzies in Western Australia. In naming P. millefolium, Pritzel was recognizing the variant with decumbent stems which are pubescent when young, leaves 4-10 cm long with numerous (40-80), small (3-4 mm long, 2-3 mm wide) obovate or suborbicular sparingly pubescent leaflets, broadly ovate or subcordate stipules, and relatively small flowers. I have not succeeded in tracing Diels 5168, the type. There is no specimen in B (presumably destroyed during the second world war), BM, E, HBG, K, L, M or P or in any of the Australian herbaria but Pritzel’s comprehensive description leaves no doubt about either the plant that he had before him when describing P. millefolium or the application of the name. Neither have I found a specimen that exactly matches Pritzel’s description and a search in the type locality during the spring of 1984 by my colleague Mrs M. G. Corrick failed to locate any plants of Petalostylis. As I have not seen a specimen that is a reasonable match of Pritzel’s description, I have refrained from selecting a neotype of P. millefolium. The specimen, B. H. Smith 450 (MEL) collected along the road from Payne’s Find to Wubin, Western Australia, shows an approach to typical P. millefolium in having decumbent stems, leaves with numerous pairs of small leaflets and the distinctive stipules but differs in that the stem is branched and is not subglabrous when mature, the flowers are larger and the specimen lacks fruits. P. labicheoides var. microphylla was described by Ewart & Morrison (1913) from a specimen collected by G. F. Hill (No. 364) 40 miles W. of Lander’s Creek in the Northern Territory and housed in MEL. Var. microphylla was characterised by having stout rigid densely pubescent leaf-rhachides which persist after the leaflets have fallen and are occasionally almost spinescent, and up to 41 broadly obovate and retuse or obcordate leaflets 2-4 mm long and less than 3 mm wide which are glabrous above and thinly pubescent below. Ewart and Morrison acknowledged the existence of numerous intermediates between var. microphylla and typical P. cas- sioides. In describing P. spinescens, Pritzel (1918) was recognizing essentially the same taxon as that described by Ewart and Morrison under the name P. labicheoides var. microphylla and presumably was unaware of Ewart and Morrison’s work. Pritzel based his description of P. spinescens on Basedow 440 from Central Australia (district C as defined by Tate). P. spinescens was described as a glaucous tomentose shrub having spreading leaves 4-6 cm long with somewhat incurved spinescent rhachides and 18-24 ovate or suborbicular leaflets up to 5 mm long and 4 mm 214 wide which were sparsely tomentose above and densely so below. There is no type specimen in B, BM, E, HBG, K, L, M or P or in any of the Australian herbaria and I have not found a specimen that exactly matches the description. Although the application of the name is not in doubt, in the absence of any type material I now select the specimen P. K. Latz 883 in MEL collected 5 miles W. of Docker River Settlement in the Northern Territory as the neotype of P. spinescens. Latz 883 agrees reasonably well with the description but differs in that some leaves are slightly longer and have more numerous slightly narrower leaflets, none of which is suborbicular, and bears young fruits as well as flowers. Specimens of typical P. cassioides, typical P. millefolium and typical P. spinescens look very different at first sight. However, when the entire range of morphological variation is inspected the extremes are seen to be linked by numerous and varied intermediates which show various combinations of characters. The characters typifying each extreme appear to vary independently of each other although some combinations of characters are commoner than others. For example, typical P. millefolium has decumbent stems and leaves with 40-80 leaflets but decumbent stems are by no means always associated with numerous leaflets. Neither are the spinescent rhachides typical of P. spinescens always associated with densely pubescent rhachides and leaflets. Specimens referrable to typical P. cassioides are distributed throughout much of the drier areas of Western Australia, the central Northern Territory, north- western South Australia and in parts of western Queensland. Specimens typical of P. millefolium and P. spinescens occur sporadically in Western Australia and the Northern Territory within the range of distribution of P. cassioides. Unfortunately I have had limited opportunity to study Petalostylis in the field or to conduct an in-depth study of the genus. For the Flora of Australia account I have followed Symon in recognizing only two species and in treating P. millefolium, P. labicheoides var. microphylla and P. spinescens as synonyms of P. cassioides although I am not convinced that this decision is entirely correct. The status of P. millefolium in particular needs to be established. There is a suggestion that differ- ences in habit, stipule size and shape and perhaps flower colour may be meaningful. Regrettably the notes accompanying the majority of collections make no mention of the habit of the plant. The genus is in need of critical evaluation and detailed field studies coupled with a study of breeding systems are required to clarify whether any of the taxa placed in synonymy under P. cassioides should be accorded formal recognition at some rank. The genus commends itself to further study. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Dr S. W. L. Jacobs, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for searching for types of Petalostylis species while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, and to my colleague Mrs M. G. Corrick and to Mr and Mrs B. H. Smith, Wongan Hills, for searching for and collecting material of Petalostylis in Western Australia. REFERENCES Bailey, F. M. (1888). ‘A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora’ 2nd suppl., p. 19 (Government Printer: Brisbane). Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’ vol. 2, pp. 291-292 (Lovell Reeve: London). Brown, R. (1849). Botanical Appendix. In C. Sturt, ‘Narrative of an Expedition into Central Australia’, vol. 2, pp. 66-92 (T. & W. Boone: London). Ewart, A. J. & Morrison, A. (1913). Contributions to the flora of Australia, No. 21 — the flora of the Northern Territory (Leguminosae). Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, new series 26: 152-164. Mueller, F. J. H. (1856). Observations on north Australian botany. Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 8' 321-331 Mueller, F. J. H. (1882). ‘Systematic Census of Australian Plants’, p. 43. (McCarron Bird: Melbourne). Pritzel, E. (1904). In L. Diels & E. Pritzel, Fragmenta Phytogeographiae Australiae occidentalis. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 275. Pritzel, E. (1918). Species novae ex Australia centrali. Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 15: 356- 361. Symon, D. E. (1981). Caesalpiniaceae, In J. P. Jessop (ed.), ‘Flora of Central Australia’, pp. 104-114. (A. H. & A. W. Reed: Sydney). Manuscript received 10 April 1985. STUDIES IN MACQUARIE ISLAND LICHENS 4: THE GENERA CLADIA AND CLADONIA by Rex B. Filson* and Alan W. ARCHERt ABSTRACT Filson, R. B. & Archer, A. W. Studies in Macquarie Island lichens 4: The genera Cladia and Cladonia. Muelleria 6(3): 217-235 (1986). — The species of Cladia and Cladonia which occur on Macquarie Island are examined critically and a full description of each is provided. Previous records are discussed and synonomy is given. The chemistry of each species was examined and the results are presented together with a taxonomic key and distribution maps. Cladonia subantarctica Filson & Archer is described as new. INTRODUCTION This paper is a continuation of a series of papers on the lichens of Macquarie Island (Filson 1981, 1981a, 1986). Cladonia is a very common and easily collected fruticose genus and almost every biologist who collected lichens on Macquarie Island has brought back representatives of it (see Filson 1981). The first definitive treatment of the Macquarie Island Cladoniae was by Dodge (1948), who enumerated four species, including two species and one variety new to science. Six species were enumerated for the Horning collection (Lowry et. al. 1978), two of which, C. aueri Rasanen and C. foliaceae (Huds.) Willd. are not included in this paper as unfor- tunately relevant specimens have not been located. Although not available for examination, the specimen of C. aueri probably is referrable to C. subsubulata Nyl., and the record of C. foliaceae is apparently due to misidentification as this taxon is endemic to the coastal regions of Europe. This paper is based on the collections cited in Filson (1981) as more recent collections have not been made available for study. The lichen compounds present in the specimens cited were identified by thin- layer chromatography; acetone extracts of specimens were examined using the solvent systems of Culberson (Culberson 1972) and the separated compounds were detected with sulphuric acid (Culberson 1972) and MBTH (Archer 1978). TAXONOMY Key to Species of Cladia and Cladonia 1. Thallus lacking a primary thallus; supportive tissue on the outside as a cartilaginous cortex; cortex perforate with sub-round fenestrations Cladia aggregata I. Thallus mostly with a basal primary thallus; supportive tissue a cartilaginous layer on the inside of the podetia; cortex not perforate, without sub-round fenestrations Cladonia 2. Thallus consisting of primary squamules only, stictic acid present Cladonia wilsonii 2. Thallus consisting of well-developed podetia as well as basal squamules 3. Apothecia and pycnidia red 4. Cups abruptly flaring towards the top, K-t yellow (thamnolic acid) Cladonia subdigitata 4. Cups gradually tapering from the base, K- (Usnic and isousnic acid) Cladonia pleurota 3. Apothecia and pycnidia brown 5. Podetia wholly corticate 6. Podetia forming cups 7. Cups proliferating from the centre, with or without squamules Cladonia cervicornis ssp. verticiUata 7. Cups proliferating from the margins or not proliferating *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 ^Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, New South Wales, Australia 2141. 217 218 8. Interior of the cups perforated 9. Cortex strongly rugulose, nitid, epruinose, P+ red (fumarprotocetraric acid) Cladonia furcata 9. Cortex smooth or only weakly rugulose, dull, pruinose, P- (barbatic acid) Cladonia subantarctica 8. Interior of the cups imperforate 10. Podetia nitid, epruinose, K-, atranorin absent Cladonia gracilis 10. Podetia dull, squamulose, pruinose in the upper parts, K+ yellow, atranorin present Cladonia ecmocyna 6. Podetia subulate or distorted, not forming cups 11. Podetia simple, once or twice divided or sparsely branched 12. Podetia with few scattered squamules 13. Axils open 14. Cortex strongly rugulose, nitid, epruinose, P + red (fumarprotocetraric acid) Cladonia furcata 14. Cortex smooth, only weakly rugulose, dull, pruinose, P- (barbatic acid) Cladonia subantarctica 13. Axils closed Cladonia gracilis 12. Podetia thickly squamulose Cladonia ecmocyna 1 1 . Podetia split, branched at the apices many times Cladonia wilsonii 5. Podetia ecorticate or only partly corticate in the lower parts 15. Podetia sorediate 16. Podetia forming well-developed cups 17. Podetia granular-sorediate Cladonia chlorophaea 17. Podetia covered in small, flat, peltate squamules Cladonia pyxidata 16. Podetia subulate, not forming well-developed cups 18. Lower part of the podetium corticate, upper part covered in farinose soredia 19. Podetia short, thick; podetial squamules in the lower part; soredia abundant Cladonia cornuta 19. Podetia tall, slender; podetial squamules may reach the tip; soredia sparse Cladonia scabriuscula 18. Lower part of the podetium not corticate 20. Soredia farinose, disintegrating in the upper parts, exposing the thin medulla and inner cartilaginous layer Cladonia corniculata 20. Soredia granular, persistent to the apex, rarely distintegrating in small patches Cladonia coniocraea 15. Podetia esorediate 21. Podetia squamulose, inner cartilagenous layer not exposed 22. Podetia forming cups Cladonia pyxidata 22. Podetia subulate, apically branched Cladonia scabriuscula 21. Podetia esquamulose; medulla thin, exposing the inner cartilagenous layer Cladonia corniculata CLADIA Cladia aggregata (Sw.) Nyl., Recogn. Ram. 69 (1870). — Lichen aggregatus Sw., Nov. Gen. PI. 147 (1788). Type: “Jamaica, O.P. Swartz.” (S! Lectotype). Thallus fruticose, composed of pseudopodetia, variable in size, from as low as a few mm in exposed positions and to 80 mm tall in sheltered habitats, hollow, horny, rigid and fragile when dry, dichotomously or irregularly branched, flexuose, prostrate or ascending; colour varied, cream, straw, brown to almost black; walls perforate; perforations round to elliptic; cortex smooth, dull to nitid. Fertile pseudopodetia only slightly taller than the sterile pseudopodetia, more intricately branched and perforate towards the tips. Apothecia terminal on short branchlets, sessile, to 0.8 mm diam.; disk slightly concave to flat, matt, brownish-black to black; hymenium to 50 /xm tall, brown; paraphyses simple, 1.5 pm diam., apical cell expanded to 4 pm; asci 48 x 11 pm; ascospores 12-15 x 4-5 pm, simple, hyaline. Pycnidia on tips of sterile pseudopodetia, ellipsoidal, black; microconidia 5 x 1 pm, curved. Reactions: K - , C - , KC - , P - . CHEMISTRY: Barbatic acid, fumarprotocetraric acid, ursolic acid, protocetraric acid, and a trace of 4-0-demethylbarbatic acid. 219 Fig. 1. Cladia aggregata. a — single pseudopodetium separated from a clump; b — enlargement of portion of pseudopodetium showing fenestrations; c — upper part of fertile pseudopodetium showing apothecia and pycnidia; d — enlargement of apothecia; e — ascospores; f — enlargement of pycnidia; g — microconidia-bearing hyphae and microconidia; h — inflated and distorted pseudopodetium separated from a moss cushion, a-g, from MEL 20274; h, from MEL 1032792. Selected Specimens Examined: Handspike Point on rocky outcrop c. halfway between base of Point and bottom of escarpment, ll.iii.1964, R. Filson 6321 & P. Atkinson (MEL 20298); lower slope of Boot Hill, lO.i.1972, R. Hnatiuk (MEL 1032813); W. slope of Mt Elder 200 ft below summit in slight col above and SW. of Upper Nuggets penguin colonies, 2.viii.l965, K. Simpson BlI (MEL 30317); on Azorella cushions c. half way along W. shore of Gratitude Lake, 4.ii.l964, R. Filson 5948 & J. Phillips (MEL 20293); top of scree slope above Hurd Point, 13. ii. 1964; R. Filson 6125 & P. Atkinson (MEL 40203). Discussion; Cladia aggregata grows amongst mosses and grasses, sometimes deep in the cushions of Azorella selago with only the tips of the ultimate branchlets protruding above the surface. It may be confused with Sphaerophorus tener (Laurer) Zahlbr., which occupies the same habitat. C. aggregata can be distinguished by the darker colour and hollow thallus with round to elliptical perforations through the cortex into the central canal. Only one fertile specimen from the study area has been seen. It was growing in a sheltered position between rocks on the hillside on the south-eastern side of Lake Prion (MEL 20274). CLADONIA Cladonia cervicornis ssp. verticillata (Hoffm.) Ahti, Lichenologist 12: 126 (1980). — Cladonia pyxidata * C. verticillata Hoffm., Deutschl. FI. 2: 122 (1796). — Cladonia verticillata (Hoffm.) Schaerer, Lich. Helvet. Spic. 31 (1823). Type: not known (Ahti 1980: 126). Cladonia mawsoni Dodge, B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Res. Exped. 1929-31, Rep. Ser., B. Zool.-Bot. 7: 128 (1948). Type: “Macquarie Island, north end, Sta. 81. B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B543-4.” (Herb. Dodge, n.v.). Thallus fruticose, growing amongst mosses or in sheltered positions on hillsides; primary squamules mostly persistent but sometimes disappearing, varying in size 220 Fig. 2. Cladonia cervicornis ssp. verticillata. a — two old weathered podetia showing habit; b — enlargement of scyphus showing the central proliferation; c — podetia showing habit of a much- branched and proliferating thallus; d-e — small subulate thalli. All portions below the squamules were buried in a moss cushion, a-b, from MEL 7712; c, from MEL 20279; d-e, from MEL 30358. and number, to 5.0( — 8.0) mm long and 4.0 mm wide, crenulate to irregularly- lobed, sometimes deeply incised, flat or convolute; upper side corticate, olive-green to brownish-green; lower side ecorticate, white, sometimes blackening towards the base. Podetia to 80 mm tall with regular, broad, closed cups which proliferate from the centre, sometimes with several tiers of cups; margin of cups entire or with apothecia or pycnidia; cortex continuous or areolate, dull, dark olive-green to brown, sometimes blackening between the areolae, esorediate, with or without squamules. Apothecia brown, sessile on the margins of the cups. Pycnidia not seen. Reactions: K-, C-, KC-, P-F red. Chemistry: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Selected Specimens Examined: Camp Hill, 19.iii.l966, K. Simpson E96, (MEL 30358); vicinity of the Nuggets Valley, 7.ix.l948, N. Laird (MEL 7712); 1 mile N. of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. Filson 5834 (MEL 20279); N. side of Aurora Point, ll.ii.l964, R. Filson 6296 <£ K. Simpson (MEL 20283). Discussion: This subspecies is very distinctive, as it is the only taxon in the study area which proliferates from the centre of the cups. Cladonia cervicornis ssp. verticillata 221 is readily determined by the continuous cortex and the even margin of the closed cups. There are two distinct forms on the island, one with few podetial squamules, the other with densely squamulose podetia. The densely squamulose form may be referrable to Cladonia cervicornis f. phyllocephala (Flotow) Oliver. Cladonia chlorophaea (Florke ex Somm.) Sprengel, in Linn., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4: 273 (1827). — Cenomyce chlorophaea Florke ex Somm., Suppl. FI. Lappon. 130 (1826). Type: not known (Ahti 1966: 382). Cladonia floriformis Dodge, B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Res. Exped. 1929-31, Rep. Ser., B. Zool.-Bot. 7: 134 (1948). Type: “Macquarie Island, north end, Sta. 81. B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. 540-9.” (Herb. Dodge, n.v.) Thallus fruticose, growing over moss cushions, peat or litter; primary squamules persistent, to 5 mm long, deeply incised to lacerate, with crenate margins; upper side smooth, convex, brownish-green to pale greenish -olive, esorediate; lower side white, sometimes darkening towards the base. Podetia arising from the primary squamules, cup-forming, but occasionally subulate, the cups flaring gradually, regular to irregular, proliferating from the margins, the base of the podetium corticate; cortex areolate; upper parts of the podetium becoming decorticate and granular-sorediate. Apothecia brown, sessile on small denticulate proliferations on the margins of the cups, or sessile on the margins of the cups, to 0.25(-0.3) mm diam.; margin slightly raised. Pycnidia brown, on denticulate proliferations on the margins of the cups or terminal on subulate podetia, sessile to stipitate. Reactions: K-, C-, KC-, P-i- red. Chemistry: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Specimens Examined: Vicinity of Nuggets Creek, 20.viii.I948, N. Laird (MEL 7738); Langdon Point on N. side of ridge between Hill 330 and the plateau, 14.ii.l964, R. Filson 6301 & K. Simpson (MEL 20298); Brothers South Ridge, W. of Brothers Summit, 14.viii.l965, K. Simpson A85 (MEL 30338); c. 1.5 miles S. of Green Gorge, 21. i. 1964, R. Filson 5753 & N. Barrett (MEL 20252); Caroline Cove, N. of Caroline Creek, 20.i.l966, K. Simpson E69 (MEL 30351). Fig. 3. Cladonia chlorophaea. a — two squamulose podetia showing marginal proliferations; b — enlargement of scyphus showing pycnidia and marginal teeth with apothecia; c — enlargement of marginal tooth with apothecia; d — enlargement of pycnidia on the margin of scyphus; e — habit showing three podetia arising from primary squamules growing over litter, a-d, from MEL 20252; e, from MEL 7738. r 222 Discussion: Cladonia chlorophaea is a widely distributed lichen species with a very variable chemistry. This has resulted in several taxa being segregated by virtue of chemistry alone. The populations on Macquarie Island, however, are all placed in C. chlo- rophaea sens, strict., as they contain only fumarprotocetraric acid. This species may be confused with C. pyxidata, but it is distinguished by the sorediate upper part of the podetium in contrast to the squamulose upper part in C. pyxidata. It is also similar to C. pleurota, but it differs in having a grey-green colour rather than the yellow-green (usnic and isousnic acids) colour of C. pleurota. The type material of C. floriformis has not been examined. However, the material held at MEL, determined as C. floriformis by Dodge and cited in Dodge & Rudolph (1955) is referrable to C. chlorophaea. Cladonia coniocraea auct. sensu Ahti 1980, p. 130, non Florke, Deutsche Lich. 7: 14 (1821). [Cladonia sarmentosa (Taylor) Dodge, sensu Dodge 1948, p.l29, non Cenomyce sarmentosa Taylor.] Thallus fruticose, growing over mosses, decaying grasses, litter and peat; primary squamules persistent, large, almost as broad as long, to 7.0 mm diam.; margins flexuose, smooth when young, becoming lobed and incised with age; upper side smooth, pale grey-green to creamy-brown; lower side white, granular-sorediate. Podetia arising from the upper side of the primary squamules, very variable, subulate or with small cups, to 25 mm tall and to 2.0(-4.0) mm thick, sometimes branched and often divided near the apex, corticate only at the very base of the podetium, subcontinuous and areolate, sometimes squamulose; upper parts decorticate and sorediate; soredia farinose. Apothecia brown, on the tips of the podetia. Pycnidia brown, on the tips of the podetia. Reactions: K- or K-i- faint brown, C-, KC-, P-l- red. CHEMISTRY: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Selected Specimens Examined: Vicinity of Nuggets Creek, 20.viii.I948, N. R. Laird Ic (MEL 7732); c. 1 mile N. Bauer Bay near Boiler Rocks, 28.1.1964, R. Filson 5815 (MEL 1024215); N. side of Aurora Point, ll.ii.1964, R. Filson 6299 & K. Simpson (MEL 20255); N. Lusitania Bay, 200 ft, 29.xii.1971, R. Hnatiuk (MEL 1032800); Bank of creek flowing into E. side of Caroline Cove, 11.x. 1965, K. Simpson A60 (MEL 30336). a 4. Cladonia coniocraea. a — Podetium with divided tip arising from a large primary squamule; b — two podetia showing simple and branched forms; c — podetium with small cup. a, from MEL 20255; c, from MEL 7732. O'Scm O'S cm 0-5cm 223 Discussion: Ahti (1980) discusses the nomenclature of the C. coniocraea-C. ochrochlora group. He points out that whilst he considers that there are two species involved (Ahti 1977), the types of the two names are conspecific. The problem needs further investigation and in the interim he recommends using the name C. coniocraea aact. for the species which has subulate podetia or very small cups and is only slighlty corticate at the base. On Macquarie Island this taxon may be confused with C. cornuta and C. corniculata. It can be separated from C. cornuta by being partly corticate at the base of the podetia, in having fewer podetial squamules and in that the podetia are often divided towards the apex. C. corniculata differs from C. coniocraea by being completely ecorticate, by having a very thin medulla which exposes the inner cartilagenous sheath and by the lack of large persistent basal squamules. Cladonia corniculata Ahti & Kashwadani in Inoue, Studies on Cryptograms in Southern Chile 136 (1984). Type: “Chile. Prov. Llanquihue: Around top of Cerro Pavilo, ca 16 km west of Tegulalda, alt. 800-870 m, in wet Fitzroya forest, in 1981 H. Kashwadani 17882.” (TNS n.v. Holotype; H! Isotype). Thallus fruticose, growing out through the tops of moss cushions; primary squamules mostly disappearing though sometimes persistent, to 2.5 mm long and 2.0 mm wide, lobed, flexuose; upper side smooth, cream to pale yellow-green; lower side white to very pale grey, grading to creamy-yellow towards the base. Podetia to 40 mm tall, mostly branched towards the apices; tips subulate; surface entirely sorediate; soredia disintegrating to expose the thin white medulla or the internal cartilagenous layer which is lightly ridged or grooved. Apothecia not seen. Pycnidia brown, globose, in cylindrical projections terminal on the branches; microconidia not seen. Reactions: K - , C - , KC - , P + red. Chemistry: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Fig. 5. Cladonia corniculata. a — podetia separated out from a clump showing habit; b — enlargement of ultimate branchlet showing pycniia; c — enlargement of pycnidium; d — enlargement of portion of podetium showing soredia, medulla and exposed cartilaginous tissue. All from MEL 20267. 224 Specimen Examined: Lusitania Creek, 10. ii. 1964, R. Filson 5993 & P. Atkinson (MEL 20276). Discussion: Cladonia corniculata was described initially from Chile. In their discussion, the authors of the name say that the species is similar to C. subulata (L.) Wigg, but is separated from that species in the complete absence of scyphi, and that the soredia are strongly caducous, whereas they are rather persistent in C. subulata. Unbranched podetia may appear similar to those of C. cornuta but they can be distinguished by being completely ecorticate. C. corniculata may appear similar to C. scabriuscula but that species is squamulose and only sparsely sorediate. Cladonia cornuta (L.) Hoffm., Plant. Lich. 1: plate 25 (1791). — Lichen cornutus L., Sp. PI. 2: 1152 (1753). Type: “Habitat in Europae ericetis.” (OXF n.v., not typified Ahti 1980a: 219). Thallus growing amongst mosses; primary squamules persistent or disappearing, to 6.0 mm long and 2.5 mm wide, crenulate to irregularly-lobed; upper side corticate, green to pale olive-green; lower side white, ecorticate, esorediate. Podetia to 60 mm tall and 3.0 mm wide, cupless, cylindrical, subulate; lower parts of the podetium areolate-corticate, dull white to very pale brownish-yellow, often densely covered with squamules similar to the primary squamules; upper part of the podetium ecorticate, becoming sorediate, the ultimate tip covered with farinose soredia. Apothecia and pycnidia not seen. Reactions: K-, C-, KC-, P+ red. CHEMISTRY: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Specimen Examined: Amongst mosses, c. one and a half miles S. of Green Gorge, 22. i. 1964, R. Filson 5753a & N. Barrett (MEL 20275). Discussion: This species is very widespread, being reported from Australia, New Zealand, Fig. 6. Cladonia cornuta. Two podetia growing amongst mosses. From MEL 20275. 225 South America, Africa, Africa and the Kerguelen Islands as well as many localities in the Northern Hemisphere, but there is only one collection from Macquarie Island. At this site it was moderately abundant, growing on the hillside amongst mosses and grasses in an easterly aspect in the headwaters of Sawyers Creek. Cladonia ecmocyna Leighton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, 18: 406 (1866). Type: “USSR, Murmansk Region, Kola Peninsula, Svyatoy nos, N. I. Fellman, Lich. arct. 28, 1863.” (BM! Lectotype). Thallus fruticose, mostly embedded in moss cushions or sometimes clumped in sheltered positions, the lower parts dying away, upper parts continuing to grow; primary squamules persistent or disappearing, to 5.0 mm long and 3.0 mm wide, crenulate to irregularly-lobed, flat to concave, grey-green to pale brown above, white, ecorticate below. Podetia simple or branched, to 60 mm tall and to 1.0 mm diam., with or without scyphi, most often subulate though often swollen and misshapen; scyphi narrow, with dentate margins, which sometimes grow into sec- ondary scyphi or subulate secondary podetia; scyphi sometimes proliferating from one side to form a dorsiventral oar-shaped body; cortex areolate, dull, slightly pruinose, pale grey to greyish-brown, esorediate, often squamulose in the lower parts, infrequently v/ith scattered squamules to the tip; areolae somewhat pulvinate. Apothecia not seen. Pycnidia common on tips of branches or margins of the scyphi, dark brown to black, constricted at the base; microconidia not seen. Reactions: K-i- yellow, C-, KC-, P-t red. Chemistry: Atranorin and fumarprotocetraric acid. Selected Specimens Examined: Gadgets Gully, 18.iii.1964, R. Filson 6362 & R. Peterson (MEL 20410); on tundra N. of Mt Hamilton, alt. 800 ft. 29.xii.1971, R. Hnatiuk 11556 (MEL 1027188); abundant on the summit of Mt Hamilton, 13.ii.l964, R. Filson 6102 & P. Atkinson (MEL 20302). Fig. 7. Cladonia ecmocyna. a two distorted podetia showing habit; b — two podetia showing distorted scyphi and squamulose thallus; c — enlargement of portion of podetium showing pulvinate cortex; d — enlargement of margin of scyphus showing pycnidia; e — primary squamule showing pnmordia of podetia. a-c, from MEL 20302; b, d-e, from MEL 20410. 226 Discussion: Cladonia ecmocyna forms part of the “gracilis group” and is often included as a subspecies of C. gracilis. However it differs from that species by the dull, often pruinose cortex and the presence of atranorin (K+ yellow reaction). It is common on Macquarie Island where it favours moist areas. Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad., Spic. fl. Germ. 107 (1794). — Lichen furcata Huds. Fl. angl. 458 (1762). Type: “n.69, in ericetis et locis montosis.” (?BM n.v.). Thallus fruticose, ascending or subprostrate; primary squamules disappearing. Podetia cupless, terete to subterete, to 75(- 90) mm tall and 0.1 mm diam., widening towards the joints, simple or branched; branching dichotomous or sometimes in whorls towards the tips and then sometimes almost forming cups; axils commonly widened and mostly open; ultimate branchlets subulate, occasionally in severe habitats becoming swollen and misshapen; cortex continuous, smooth in the lower parts, grading to verruculose to smoothly areolate above, dull to shining, esorediate, with or without podetial squamules, pale creamish-olive to warm cinnamon to dark brown where exposed but always pale where protected; squamules to 1 mm long, irregularly crenate, corticate and concolourous with the thallus above, ecorticate below. Apothecia not seen. Pycnidia at the tips of the ultimate branchlets, cylindrical to almost globose, 0.25 mm diam., dark brown to black, sometimes pruinose; microconidia 6-8 x 1.0 ^m, curved. Reactions: K-, C-, KC-, P+ red. Fig. 8. Cladonia furcata. a — habit; b — enlargement of part of podetium; c — branched podetium with misshapen branch; d — enlargement of misshapen branch; e — small squamulose podetium; f — enlargement of tip of podetium showing pycnidia; g — microconidia-bearing hyphae. a-b, from MEL 1033025, c-d, f, g, from MEL 20280; e, from 30350. I 227 CHEMISTRY: Fumarprotocctraric acid. Selected Specimens Examined: Handspike Point, 17. i. 1972, R. Hnatiuk (MEL 1033025); growing on featherbed c. 1 mile N. of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. Filson 5811 (MEL 20280); N. Lusitania Bay, 900ft, 29.xii.1971, R. Hnatiuk (MEL 1032795); Display Hill, 20.i.l966, K. Simpson E86 (MEL 30350); Mt Haswell, 12.ii.1964, R. Filson 6017 & P. Atkinson (MEL 20263). Discussion: This species and the following taxon, C. gracilis ssp. tenerrima, are very similar. They grow in the same habitat, deep in moss cushions with only the upper parts protruding. These exposed parts become twisted and contorted by, the harsh weather conditions. There are small specimens in herbaria that are impossible to separate, but if sufficient material is available they can be distinguished by the open cups and axils of C. furcata in contrast to the closed cups and axils of C. gracilis ssp. tenerrima. Cladonia gracilis ssp. tenerrima Ahti, Ann. Bot. Fennici 17: 208 (1980). Type: Australia. Victoria. Cathedral Range, North Jawbone, 5 km NW. of Buxton, on flat area amongst grasses just west of the summit, 1979, Rex Filson 16627 (MEL 1023710! Holotype: BMI, H! Isotypes). Thallus fruticose, growing amongst mosses, hepatics and other lichens; primary thallus persistent or disappearing. Podetia very variable, to 1.0 mm diam. and to 50 mm tall, with or without scyphi, simple or branched; inner membrane of the cups and axils closed, cups shallow and flaring rapidly, to 2.5 mm diam., prolif- Fig. 9. Cladonia gracilis ssp. tenerrima. a — habit; b — branched podetium showing subulate side branches and toothed scyphi; c — enlargement of part of podetium; d — apothecia; e — ascus; f — ascospore; g — paraphysis; h — pycnidium at tip of subulate podetium; i — microconidia- bearmg hyphae; j — microconidia. a, d-j, from MEL 20262; b-c, from MEL 1047741 228 crating from the margins; proliferations bearing apothecia or subulate; cortex smooth to mildly rugulose, continuous, varying in colour from pale greenish-olive to pale cinnamon-brown to dark brown. Apothecia on the margins of the cups, irregular when young, almost hemispheric when mature, to 1.5 mm diam., pale brown to dark reddish-brown; margin disappearing; hypothecium hyaline, I -I- blue, fading; hymenium up to 30 ^tm tall including the pale brown epihymenium; par- aphyses simple or branched, septate, the apical cell only slightly expanded; asci I -l- blue, 17-24 x 7-12 /tm; ascospores simple, ellipsoid, hyaline, 5x2 /xm. Pycnidia on the margins of the cups and terminal on sterile podetia or on short lateral branchlets; microconidia 7-10 x 0.5 /xm, curved, slightly thickened at each end. Reactions: K-, C-, KC-, P-i- red. Chemistry: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Selected Specimens Examined: Handspike Point, 17. i. 1972, R. Hnatiuk (MEL 1033026); one mile N. of Bauer Bay, 28. i. 1964, R. Filson 5833 (MEL 20262); growing amongst mosses on earth bank along the southern shore of Lake Flynn, 3.iii.l964, R. Filson 5899 & J. Phillips (MEL 1047741). Discussion: This subspecies grows deep in moss cushions, the lower parts of the podetia rotting away, the upper parts slightly protruding above the cushion. Cupless forms may be confused with C. furcata as they are very similar in habit; however they can be separated from the latter by the closed axils of the branches. Cladonia pleurota (Fldrke) Schaerer, Enum. Lich. Europ. 186 (1850). — Capitularia pleurota Fldrke, Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin Mag. 2: 218 (1808). — Cladonia coccifera var. pleurota (Fldrke) Schaerer, Lich. helv. spic. 25 (1823). Type: “An der Erde, auch wohl auf altem morschen Holze in den Heidegegenden und Wal- dungen; bey Berlin, bey Jena, im Salzburgischen, z. B. auf dem Rathhausberge in Gastein, auf der Grasbergalpe im Zillerthale, und wahrscheinlich in alien Gegenden Deutschlands.” (n.v.). / Fig. 10. Cladonia pleurota. a — three old and three new podetia arising from a large old primary squa- mule; b — very old lacer- ate podetium with numer- ous persistent primary squamules at the base. All from MEL 20278. 0-5 cm 229 Thallus fruticose, growing amongst mosses, grasses and other lichens; primary squamules persistent or disappearing, irregularly incised; upper side smooth, convex, yellowish-green; lower side white, sometimes with scattered granular soredia. Podetia arising from the primary squamules, cup-forming; cups flaring broadly and irreg- ularly, sometimes gradually from the base, sometimes goblet-shaped; margins of the cups regular, entire or incised to deeply lacerate in old speciinens; inside of the cups granular-sorediate; base of the podetium corticate, becoming ecorticate and sorediate. Apothecia scarlet, on the margins of the cups, uncommon. Pycnidia not seen. Reactions: K-, C-, KC-f yellow, P-. Chemistry: Usnic acid, isousnic acid, zeorin. Specimens Examined: Handspike Point on rocky outcrop c. halfway between base of point and bottom of escarpment, 11. hi. 1964, R. Filson 6322 & P. Atkinson (MEL 20407); c. 1 mile N. of Bauer Bay, 28. i. 1964, R. Filson 5812 (MEL 20278). Discussion: Cladonia pleurota is the sorediate morph of C. coccifera (L.) Willd. Older specimens may be confused with C. chlorophaea but C. pleurota differs from that species in being more finely sorediate and in containing usnic acid which gives it a more yellowish-green appearance. C. chlorophaea also differs in having brown apothecia and pycnidia. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Hoffm. Deut. FI. 2: 121 (1796). — Lichen pyxidatus L. Sp. PI. 2: 1151 (1753). Type: “Habitat in Europae sylvis.” not known (Ahti 1966: 387). Thallus fruticose, growing over litter, mosses or earth; primary squamules persistent, to 6 mm long and 4 mm wide, irregularly lobed or crenate; upper side smooth, glaucous-green to olive-green, older specimens becoming brownish-olive; lower side white, esorediate. Podetia arising from the primary squamules, to 22 mm tall, cup-forming; cups deep, goblet-shaped, squamulose within; margins of the cups regular, entire, becoming incised to lacerate with age; base of the podetium corticate, sometimes squamulose, the upper parts decorticate, squamulose to gran- ular-sorediate. Apothecia dark brown to reddish-brown, sessile on the margins of Fig. 11. Cladonia pyxidata. a — habit of tall, smooth-cupped podetia; b — an old fertile podetium; c — enlargement of an apothecium on a marginal proliferation; d — looking into a squamulose cup with the marginal apothecia removed, a, from MEL 20282; b-d, from MEL 20408. 230 the cups, on small proliferations or on secondary cups. Pycnidia sessile on the margins of the cups, on the surface of the podetia or on the squamules in the cups. Reactions: K-,C-, KC-, P+ red. Chemistry: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Selected Specimens Examined: Gadgets Gully, 18. ill. 1964, R. Filson & R. Peterson (MEL 20408); Nuggets Creek, 20.viii.l948, N. Laird (MEL 7717); outcrops in featherbed half mile N. of Aurora Point, 20. ii. 1964, R. Filson 6195 R. Peterson (MEL 20282); Stoney Creek, 9.1.1972, R. Hnatiuk (MEL 1032804); N. Lusitania Bay catchment, 29.xii.1971, R. Flnatiuk (MEL 1027245). Discussion: C. pyxidata is a cosmopolitan species. It occurs in most Herbfield and Bog alliances on Macquarie Island. It is similar to C. chlorophaea from which it can be distinguished by the deeper cups, the larger primary squamules and the squa- mulose podetia as opposed to sorediate podetia of C. chlorophaea. Cladonia scabriuscula (Delise) Nyl., C. r. hebd. Seanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 83: 88 (1876). This species was represented amongst specimens from Macquarie Island sent to the second author by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions for his determination. These specimens were without precise provenance and have not been available for re-examination for the present study. Cladonia subantarctica Filson & Archer, sp. nov. Thallus primarius squamulis evanescentibus. Podetia gracilia, usque ad 70 mm elata, simplicia vel ramosa, rami dichotomi vel trichotomi, escyphi, cortice continuo. Apothecia ad apices podetiorum. Similis Cladoniae crispatae var. cetrariiformi (Delise) Vainio, sed barbatic acidum continens et base podetii moribunda anthracina. Type: Macquarie Island, north east side of Major Lake, 19. ii. 1964, Rex Filson 6158 & Roger Peterson (MEL 20294! HolotypeV Thallus fruticose, growing in dense clumps amongst grasses; primary squamules disappearing. Podetia simple or branched; branching dichotomous or trichotomous, slender, to 70 mm tall and to 1.0 mm diam.; ultimate tips smooth or becoming verrucose and misshapen with increasing exposure; lower parts dying away, the dead basal parts coal-black; podetia cupless, or having narrow cups formed by proliferations around a perforate axil; cortex continuous, smooth, dull to slightly shining, pale brownish- white when sheltered to dark brown when exposed, esore- diate, rarely with one or two podetial squamules. Apothecia on apical proliferations (mature apothecia not seen). Pycnidia common, on apical proliferations or short branches, globose, black, slightly pointed apically; microconidia 6-8 x 1.0 pm, straight or curved. Reactions: K-, C-, KC-, P-. Chemistry: Barbatic acid. Additional Specimens Examined: NE. side of Major Lake, R. Filson 6151 & R. Peterson, I9.ii.I964 (MEL 20261); SE. side of Major Lake, 19.ii.l964, R. Filson 6172 & R. Peterson (MEL 20267). 231 Fig. 12. Cladonia subantarctica. a — single podetium separated out from a clump, showing many branches with distorted tips caused by exposure; b — branch tip showing small cup formed by proliferations around an open axil; c — enlargement of rugulose, distorted tip of branch; d — enlargement of blackening lower portion of podetium; e — smooth podetium separated out from a clump from a sheltered habitat; f — ultimate tip showing developing apothecia, with enlargement of developing apothecium; g — ultimate tip showing pycnidia, with enlarge- ment of pycnidium; h — microconidia. a-d, from MEL 20294; e-h, from MEL 20267. Discussion: This new species forms part of the ‘Cladonia crispata group’. It may be related to C. crispata var. cetrariiformis (Delise) Vainio, but it differs in the presence of barbatic acid and in the basal parts becoming coal-back when dying away. It is similar to C. barbatica Kristinsson (ined) which also contains barbatic acid but in that species the basal parts are yellowish-grey rather than black. Another barbatic acid-containing species, C. patagonica Evans, could be confused with C. suban- tarctica but is distinguished by its cup-like scyphi and many podetial squamules. C. hondoensis Asahina also contains barbatic acid but is often completely squam- ulose. Cladonia subdigitata Nyl., C. r. hebd. Seanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 83: 88 (1876). Type: “Expedition astronomique a I’lle Campbell 1874, M. Filhol.” (H-NYL 37858! Lectotype; MEL 1048659! Isolectotype). Cladonia subdigitata var. albinea Dodge, B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Res. Exped. 232 Fig. 13. Cladonia subdigitata. a — podetia, separated from a clump in a moss cushion, showing the habit; b — enlargement of the apothecia; c — enlargement of pycnidium on tip of subulate podetium. All from MEL 20277. 1929-31, Rep. Ser., B. Zool.-Bot. 7: 124 (1948). Type: “Macquarie Island, north end, Sta. 81, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B540-11.” (Herb. Dodge, n.v.). Thallus fruticose, growing thickly in depressions in moss cushions or on earth between the cushions; primary squamules mostly persistent, though sometimes dying away, to 7.0 mm long and 2.5 mm wide, crenate, incised to deeply lacerate and divided; upper side smooth, creamy-brown to creamy-yellow; lower side white, esorediate or slightly granular-sorediate. Podetia arising from the upper surface of the primary squamules, up to 30 mm tall, with cups; cups narrow to broadly flaring, imperforate to perforate, with entire, regular to undulate margins; cups proliferating from the margins, the proliferations simple or scyphous; cortex con- tinuous in the lower parts, grading to verrucose-squamulose and coarsely sorediate above, yellowish-white in the upper parts, grading to ochre-yellow to brownish- yellow below. Apothecia scarlet, around the margins of the cups. Pycnidia brown to brownish-red, on the margins of the cups and on the upper parts of the podetia. Reactions: K-i- yellow, C-, KC-, P-i- yellow. Chemistry: Usnic and thamnolic acids. Specimen Examined: I mile N. of Bauer Bay, 28.i.I964, R. Filson 5832 (MEL 20277). Discussion: Cladonia subdigitata may be confused with C. pleurota, the other red-fruiting species of Cladonia on Macquarie Island, as both contain usnic acid and are cup- forming. C. subdigitata can be distinguished by the cups abruptly flaring towards the top rather than gradually tapering from the bottom, and by the presence of thamnolic acid. The specimens of C. subdigitata from Macquarie Island appear inseparable from those collected elsewhere and therefore do not warrant the varietal status given to them by Dodge, loc. cit. 233 Cladonia corniculaia j Iciadonia corn Fig. 14. Known distribution of the species of Cladia and Ctadonia on Macquarie Island. 234 TENTATIVE DETERMINATION Cladonia wilsonii A. W. Archer, Muelleria 5: 274 (1984). Type: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, 35 km SSW. of Canberra, on soil by side of Corin Dam Rd., near Kangaroo Creek, alt. c. 1000 m, 2.v. 1982 Archer 1315c (MEL 1036222! Holotype; HI, NSW! Isotypes). Primary squamules growing amongst mosses and litter, erect, long and narrow, to 7.0 X 0.6 mm, crenulate, lobed, sometimes deeply divided near the tips so as to appear two or three lobed; upper side very pale yellow-green to creamy-brown, smooth to slightly rugulose; lower side white, pale cream, greying towards the base. Podetia not seen. Reactions: K-i- pale yellow, C-, KC-, P-t- yellow. Chemistry: Atranorin and stictic acid. Specimen Examined: E. shore of Lake Prion, 21. ii. 1964, R. Filson 6211 Short 928 4 0.0-96.8 54.7 »» Short 995 4 45.0-100 74.9 Short 998 4 37.7-97.3 75.4 Short 1050 4 30.0-78.3 58.1 } I Short 2034 4 30.3-93.5 68.2 Mean for species: 68.2 P. muelleriana Short 963 6 83.3-100 95.0 Short 1076 6 84.2-100 95.7 Short 1093A 6 80.0-100 92.3 » > Short 1096 — 51.9-100 92.1 Short 1097 — 85.7-100 97.7 Short 2384 — 76.5-100 91.5 »» Short 1070 — 70.0-100 90.0 »» Short 828 c. 12 68.4-100 92.6 Mean for species: 93.3 The high percentage fruit sets in P. muelleriana require further comment. Over one half of the individuals examined had 95-100% fruit set and in the population Short 1097 100% fruit set was recorded in 13 of the 20 individuals examined. The lowest percentage fruit set recorded for an individual in this population was 85.7% (21 florets, 18 with mature fruit). Such high figures suggest that in this species, or some populations of the species, the possibility of apomixis should be considered. However there is no additional evidence to support this suggestion. Apomicts frequently show signs of reduced pollen fertility and/or the morphological variation is such that localised ‘microspecies’, such as in Taraxacum Weber, are discernible. 246 In Pogonolepis pollen formation appears to be quite normal. Thus, in the popu- lations for which P/Os were ascertained, pollen size was not noticeably variable and percentage pollen fertility, determined by the double-stain technique (methyl green and phloxine: Owcarzac 1952) was, or was very close to, 100%. The macro- morphological variation in P. muelleriana, particularly if one excludes a few of the Western Australian collections, is also inconsistent with the concept of ‘mi- crospecies’. Fig. 6. Percentage fruit set in Pogonolepis. Cytology I previously reported (Short 1981) a determination of n = 6 for an outbreeding entity of Pogonolepis but I now believe that this determination should be disre- garded. There is no permanent slide, sketch or photograph to substantiate it and n = 6 has not been recorded subsequently in P. stricta. Similarly a determination of 2n = 14, previously reported as n = 7 (Short 1983), for an inbreeding entity (Short 648) is now regarded as 2n = 12-1-2 supernumerary chromosomes (Fig. 4e). Chromosome numbers were generally readily determined for P. stricta from both floral material and root tips. On the other hand, despite numerous attempts, the low number of pollen mother cells produced by members of the P. muelleriana complex prevented successful determinations from meiotic material. This is unfor- tunate as there were some difficulties in accurately determining chromosome num- bers from root tip preparations. Thus unequivocal determinations have not been achieved for two collections of P. muelleriana, i.e. Short 828 (2n = c. 24) and Chinnock 4357 (2n = c. 20). However, the determination of 2n = 24 is strongly supported given the substantiated reports of 2n = 12. Autogamous speeies are commonly found to consist of both diploid and higher ploid representatives. The determination of 2n = c. 20 should probably be discounted, having been obtained 247 from a single preparation and because n = 5 has not been recorded in P. muel- leriana. On the other hand there is little doubt that inbreeding is generally a derived condition, the evolution of autogamous taxa (low P/Os) from predominantly outcrossing taxa (high P/Os) being well documented in many families (e.g. Stebbins 1957, Ornduff 1969, Short 1981). Derived, autogamous taxa are also frequently polyploids. This suggests that the collection Chinnock 4357 could be regarded as a tetraploid, having been derived from an outcrossing entity with a base of x = 5. Such an hypothesis could explain the above-mentioned similarity, on macro- morphological features, of this collection with some entities of P. stricta. In any genus showing an array of chromosome numbers it can, in the absence of other information, be difficult to explain their derivation. In Pogonolepis the presence of autogamous taxa greatly assists the problem and a proposed phylogeny is displayed in Fig. 5. Thus aneuploid reduction, plus subsequent polyploidy, from a base of x = 6 is suggested. The cytoevolutionary pathway proposed for Pogonolepis has numerous par- allels within the Compositae. For example a complete aneupolid reduction series from a base of x =9 to x = 2 has been recorded in Brachyscome Cass. (Smith- White et al. 1970). In Calotis R.Br. Stace (1978) recorded reduction from x = 8 to X = 4 and polploidy was also found to occur on all base numbers. Both of these genera, which are restricted to Australasia, belong to the Astereae. However from my own unpublished observations and from chromosome numbers determined by Turner (1970) it is clear that aneuploidy is widespread in the Gnaphaliinae. Chromosome Numbers and Distribution Patterns Without taking into account ecological and geographical differences the dis- tribution of populations with different chromosome numbers, i.e. n = 4 and n = 5, within the P. stricta complex displays no obvious pattern other than the fact that the latter populations are more restricted in their distribution than populations with n = 4. However, in keeping with their wide distribution, populations with n = 4 are found in a broad spectrum of habitats (see Table 2). This contrasts with populations with n = 5 which are restricted to salt lakes, all of which form part of the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & Bettenay 1972; Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972; Beard 1973). The former populations are distributed across three Drainage Divisions, i.e. the South West, Murchison and Eucla Divisions. Populations belonging to the P. muelleriana complex also occur in an array of habitats, including saline soils, and I believe it significant that different cytoptypes (ie. 2n = 12, 12 -t- 2B, c. 20) are, as with populations of P. stricta, found around lakes of the South West Drainage Division. These observations add further support to my earlier contention (Short 1983) that the lake systems of south-west Western Australia have been reservoirs for speciation and that, for some plant groups, they may have been important reservoirs from which colonization of the arid zone has occurred. Only a single chromosome number determination has been made for the P. muelleriana complex outside Western Australia. The occurrence of a tetraploid population in South Australia may reflect a wider distribution of polyploids com- pared to the diploid relatives, a not uncommon situation in many plants, but clearly more determinations are required to support this suggestion. Fruit Morphology and Anatomy A survey of the fruit morphology and anatomy of Australian Gnaphaliinae has shown that fruit characteristics are most useful when determining generic limits. The absence or presence and type of mucilagenous cells, the structure of the carpophore, the number of vascular bundles and the presence (in medial transverse section) or absence of sclerenchyma are some features which may vary from genus to genus. Thus within Angianthus s. ^t. only the segregate genera Pogonolepis and Cephalosorus A. Gray, both distinguishable on numerous non-carpological features (Short 1983), have large, mucilagenous cells covering much of the entire 248 Fig. 7. Surface features of the fruit of Pogonolepis, as typified by P. muelleriana (Short 843; Short 2384 & Haegi). a & b — general view of entire fruit, c — apex of fruit, d — carpophore. surface of the fruit (Fig. 7). More details of the fruit structure of Angianthus s. lat. will be presented, along with methodology, in a future paper. As shown in Figs 7a & 7b fruit shape can vary slightly depending on the number of fruits and the position occupied on the general receptacle. Also of note in Pogonolepis is the presence of a well-defined carpophore (Fig. 7d), a feature lacking in some genera of Gnaphaliinae. TAXONOMY Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Pogonolepis (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851); Sond., Linnaea 25:486 (1853). Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus Ewart & J. White] [Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] [Skirrophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray & S. muellerianus Sond.] [Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate (sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, multi-seriate involucre equal to or slightly longer than the length of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a flat or ± concave, entire, glabrous axis. Capitula c. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-3, about the length of the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, the midrib ± inconspicuous, the bract apices papillose. 249 Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. Key to the Species of Pogonolepis I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western Australia) 1. P. stricta 1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ± 250 elliptic or obovate, (1.95)2-2.5 mm long, 0.4-0. 6 mm wide, ± flat to conduplicate, the midrib ± indistinct or clearly extending to about three quarters the length of the bract. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.5-1. 9 mm long. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; microsporangia 0.65-1.07 mm long; terminal anther appendage 0.12-0.34 mm long. Pollen grains c. 2,000-4,200 per floret, c. 400-850 per anther. Cypselae 0.7-0.95 mm long, 0.3-0.45 mm diam. Fig. 1, c-f. Chromosome numbers: n = 4, 5 (Fig. 4, a-d). Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): Restricted to Western Australia. Ecology: Usually found in sandy soil. Commonly occurs on the edge of saline depressions with Halosarcia and other chenopods but also found in open shrubland of Acacia, Eremophila, etc. See Table 2 for further details. Notes: 1. Steetz described a number of species of Compositae in Lehmann’s “Plantae Preissianae” and type specimens of such taxa are frequently found in GH, LD, MEL and S (Short 1983, p.l52). It has been suggested that the principal types of all species described in this work are to be found in LD. However it is clear that in the case of taxa described by Steetz this is not, or usually not, the case. The collections from his own herbarium, now at MEL, should undoubtedly be selected as lectotypes (Short l.c.). A collection “Preiss 901, In salsolis hieme aqua inundatis ad aestuary prope Vasse, 14.xii.I839” of P. stricta occurs in PERTH (ex TCD, ex K). Despite the different number this collection is probably an isolectotype of P. stricta. McGillivray (1975) has noted the existence of a differently numbered set of Preiss specimens in TCD which are undoubted duplicates of those cited in “Plantae Preissianae’’. 2. The application of the name Angianthus plumiger Benth. has previously been in doubt (Short 1983, p.210). Type specimens of this species could not be found at K, BM or E and the reference by Bentham (1867, p.568) to a “flat subtending [bract of the capitulum] which is much shorter than the involucres, but usually with the midrib produced into a jagged almost plumose appendage almost as long as the florets’’ suggested that the name should not be applied to a species of Pogonolepis. Only his reference to the “numerous inner scarious fringed or jagged bracts’’ of the general involucre suggested this possibility. Whether or not Grieve and Blackall (1975) saw type material is unclear but specimens of Pogonolepis were referred to by this name. I have recently located at MEL undoubted type specimens of A. plumiger and they clearly belong to the P. stricta complex. Both the lectotype sheet and the remaining syntype contain eight or more plants but in some cases the individual specimens are poorly preserved. At least some individuals have suffered from fungal attack. Bentham’s description clearly applied in part to some of the damaged bracts. Bracts of more or less undamaged plants are typical of Pogonolepis. A further Oldfield collection of Pogonolepis from the Murchison River housed in MEL (MEL 84622) is not considered to be type material of A. plumiger but rather the collection cited by Bentham (l.c.) under Angianthus strictus. The label accompanying this specimen carries an unpublished name of Ferdinand Mueller’s which commemorates Oldfield. 3. As far as can be ascertained Ewart and White (1909) saw both NSW and MEL material when describing A. strictus var. lanigerus. The MEL sheet bears several good specimens and also contains the original drawings published by the authors. Furthermore both Ewart and White worked in Melbourne and thus it seems best to select MEL 541625 as the lectotype collection. I 251 Specimens Examined (Total c. 165). For representative specimens see Tables 2 & 4. 2. Pogonolepis muelleriana (Sond.) P. Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Skirrho- phorus meullerianus Sond., Linnaea 25:486 (1853). Type: “Inter portum et urbem Adelaide. Spencer’s gulph.’’ Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Inter portum & urbem Adelaide, s.dat. (MEL 541616, ex herb. O.W. Sonder). Possible IsoLECTOi YPES: GH (ex herb. O.W. Sonder) (Mueller collection but location given as “Adelaide”), MEL 541614 (ex herb. O.W. Sonder) (Mueller collection but location given as “Adelaide”), MEL 84611 (contains 2 labels, one with “. . . inter portum & urbem Adi. . .”, the other with “propa sinum St. Vincent”). Remaining Syntype: MEL 541615 (ex herb. O.W. Sonder) (collection by Mueller from “Spen- cersgulph”). See note 1 below. [Angianthus strictus auctt. non (Steetz) Benth.: Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867), p.p.; J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 645 (1929), 2nd. ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PL Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975), p.p.; Cunningham, Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, Plants Western N.S.W. 709 (1981).] Annual herbs, the major axes prostrate to erect, 1-12 cm long, ± glabrous but often densely hairy below the compound heads, all axes ± brown but sometimes distinctly red or reddish brown. Leaves narrowly triangular, lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 3-10(16) mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, glabrous or sometimes at least the upper ones conspicuously hairy, the base dilated and the margins often hyaline, the apex mucronate, green to purplish green. Compound heads 3. 5-4. 4 mm long, 2-4. 5(4. 8) mm diam.; bracts of the general involucre 16-40; outer bracts 7-28(34), leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 3. 2-4. 7 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely hairy, ± straight to recurved, green or sometimes purple-green, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 7-20, ± elliptic, ± oblanceolate to obovate, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 5-3. 4 mm long, 0.6-0. 9 mm wide, with a distinct midrib extending about two-thirds the length of the bract, with all bracts variably hairy and with papillae on the upper part. Capitula 10-45 per compound head. Capitular bracts ± elliptic or obovate, ± flat to conduplicate, 1.9-3. 3 mm long, 0.35-0.6 mm wide, midrib ± indistinct or nearly extending to about two-thirds or four-fifths the length of the bract. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.55-2 mm long. Anthers 0.3-0.8 mm long; microsporangia 0.17-0.49 mm long; terminal anther appendage 0.18-0.48 mm long. Pollen grains 60-404 per floret, (12)20-64(84) per anther. Cypselae 0.9-1. 2 mm long, 0.3-0. 5 mm diam. Fig. 1, a-b. Chromosome numbers: n = 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4e). Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): Extends from southern Western Australia to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. Ecology: Occurs in sand or loam. Extremely common amongst Halosarcia and other chenopods on the edge of both coastal and inland saline flats but is also commonly found in a variety of other habitats in which the soil is not saline (see Table 2 for additional data). Notes: 1. The species was described by Sonder from material sent to him by Mueller. Subsequently it appears that the material was probably returned to MEL when Sender’s collection of Australian plants was purchased by the herbarium (Court 1972). Possibly a number of duplicates exist in other herbaria but it seems reasonable 252 to choose a lectotype collection from the material held in MEL. The chosen sheet contains two individual plants in good condition, an envelope containing a few bracts and two labels, i.e. “Pogonolepis Mullen” and ‘‘Skirrophonis (Pogonolepis) Muellerianus”, in Sonder’s hand. The collection was also chosen as the lectotype because of the existence of possible isolectotypes. No duplicates of the other syntype have been seen. Specimens Examined (Total c. 170): For representative specimens see Tables 2 & 4. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS My work on the Australian Compositae commenced in 1977. Transport and/ or funds for field work in Western Australia has been provided by the Botanic Gardens of Adelaide (1977), the Flinders University Research Committee (1979) and Australian Biological Resources Study grants from the Bureau of Flora and Fauna (1982, 1983). The latter body has also funded my survey of the fruit of Australian Gnaphaliinae. I thank my colleagues at MEL who helped in the preparation of this paper. Dr B. A. Barlow (CANB) for his comments on the manuscript and also Mr J. Nailon of Monash University for the SEM photographs. REFERENCES Beard, J. S. (1973). ‘The Elucidation of Palaeodrainage Patterns in Western Australia through Vegetation Mapping.’ Vegetation Survey of Western Australia, Occasional Paper 1. (Vegmap Publications; Perth). Bettenay, E. & Mulcahy, M. J. (1972). Soil and landscape studies in Western Australia. (2) Valley form and surface features of the South-West Drainage Division. J. Geol. Soc. Aust. 18: 359-369. Court, A. B. (1972). Preliminary notice on the Sonder collection in the National Herbarium of Victoria. Muelleria 2: 188. Cruden, R. W. (1977). Pollen-ovule ratios: a conservative indicator of breeding systems in flowering plants. Evolution 31: 32-46. Holmgren, P. K. & Keuken, W. (1974). ‘Index Herbariorum. Part 1. The Herbaria of the World’, ed. 1. Regnum Veg. 92; 1-397. Lawrence, M. E. (1985). Senecio L. (Asteraceae) in Australia: Reproductive biology of a genus found primarily in unstable environments. Aust. J. Bot. 33: 197-208. McGillivray, D. J. (1975). Johann August Ludwig Preiss (1811-1883) in Western Australia. Telopea 1: 1-18. Mott, J. J. (1979). Flowering, seed formation and dispersal. In Goodall, D. W. & Perry, R. A. (eds), ‘Arid-land Ecosystems: structure, functioning and management’. (Cambridge Univ. Press). 1: 627- 645. Mulcahy, M. H. & Bettenay, E. (1972). Soil and landscape studies in Western Australia. (1) The major drainage divisions. J. Geol. Soc. Aust. 18: 349-357. Ornduff, R. (1969). Reproductive biology in relation to systematics. Taxon 18: 121-133. Owczarzak, A. (1952). Pollen grains — a rapid method of mounting. Stain Technol. 27: 249-253. Short, P. S. (1981). Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae). Muelleria 4: 395-417. Short, P. S. (1983). A revision of Angianthus Wendl. sensu lato (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 5: 143-214. Short, P. S. (1985). A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae; Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6: 9-22. Smith-White, S., Carter, C. R. & Stace, H. M. (1970). The cytology of Brachycome 1. The subgenus Eubrachycome: A general survey. Aust. J. Bot. 18: 99-125. Stace, H. M. (1978). Cytoevolution in the Genus Calotis R. Br. (Compositae: Astereae). Aust. J. Bot. 26: 287-307. Stebbins, G. L. (1957). Self fertilization and population variability in the higher plants. Amer. Naturalist 91: 337-354. Storey, W. B. & Mann, J. D. (1967). Chromosome contraction by o-isopropyl-N-phenylcarbamate (IPC) Stain Technol. 42; 15-18. Systematics Association Committee for Descriptive Terminology (1962). Terminology of simple sym- metrical plane shapes. Taxon 11: 145-156, 345-347. Turner, B. L. (1970). Chromosome numbers in the Compositae. XII. Australian species. Amer. J. Bot. 57: 382-389. 253 Webb, C. J. (1984). Constraints on the evolution of plant breeding systems and their relevance to systematics. In Grant, W. F. (ed.), ‘Plant Biosystematics’. (Academic Press: Canada), pp. 249-270. Manuscript received 13 August 1985. 255 LECTOTYPIFICATON OF STUARTINA MUELLERI (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE) WITH NOTES ON STUARTINA IN VICTORIA AND SOUTH AUSTRALIA by Helen I. Aston* & D. A. CooKEt ABSTRACT Aston, Helen I. & Cooke, D. A. Lectotypification of Stuartina muelleri (Compositae: Inuleae) with notes on Stuartina in Victoria and South Australia. Muelleria 6(4):255-257(1986). — The occurrence of Stuartina hamata Philipson in Victoria and South Australia is discussed. Its distribution in those states IS mapped and compared with that of Stuartina muelleri Sonder. Distinctions between the two species are given. As type material of S. muelleri consists of a mixture of both species a lectotype for that name is chosen. INTRODUCTION O. W. Sonder (1853) described both the genus Stuartina and a single species S. muelleri from South Australian collections of F. Mueller. No further species of this endemic Australian genus was recognised until W. R. Philipson (1937) described S. hamata with Coonabarrabra [Coonabarabran], New South Wales, 1883, Lamont 215 (BM) as the type collection. Philipson also cited an 1886 collection {Shaw s.n., K) from Linthwaite, Yorkshire, England, annotated as having been introduced in wool, and he commented “It is extraordinary that a species which has been introduced and collected in England should not have been recognised as distinct in Australia”. S. hamata and S. muelleri remain the only two species in the genus. DISTINCTIVE FEATURES Undoubtedly the vegetative similarity of the two species of Stuartina (they are indistinguishable except when flowering or fruiting) and the smallness of the flowers were partly responsible for S. hamata not having been recognised and described much earlier. It is, however, quite distinct when in flower, the midrib of each of the inner five (usually) involucral bracts being extended beyond the bract lamina into a rigid, terete, prominently recurved, yellow-stramineous hook. In S. muelleri the purple-brown laminal apex of each of the inner two (occasionally one or three) involucral bracts is outcurved to strongly recurved and sometimes hook- hke but there is no extension of the midrib. Burbidge & Gray (1970) and Philipson (1937) illustrate these differences. In addition, the inflorescences are all terminal (or rarely some axillary) in S. hamata but are both terminal and axillary in S muelleri except in very depauperate plants. *1 u S. HAMATA IN VICTORIA AND SOUTH AUSTRALIA Although the presence of S. muelleri in Victoria and South Australia is well known it is only recently that S. hamata has been recognised as occurring in these states. Neither Black (1957), Eichler (1965), Burbidge & Gray (1970), Willis (1973) nor Jacobs & Pickard (1981) recorded S. hamata for Victoria or South Australia, but listed It only for New South Wales or, in the latter reference, for New South Wales and Queensland. Examination in 1983 of Stuartina material in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne (MEL) and the State Herbarium, Adelaide (AD) ♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 fState Herbarium, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 5000. 256 showed that S. hamata is present in both Victoria and South Australia, occurring in drier, more inland areas than does S. muelleri (Fig. 1). The dates (1968*; 1976; 1978; 1979) of the four Victorian collections and their disjunction from the range of the species in South Australia and elsewhere apparently indicate that S. hamata has only recently extended into Victoria and that this extension is probably due to accidental introduction. However, the species has been long-established in South Australia as the type material of S. muelleri, collected between 1848 and 1853, includes a collection which is now referable to S. hamata (see below). In addition S. hamata was collected elsewhere in the Flinders Ranges in the 19th century (Mt Parry, c. 1885; Mt Lyndhurst, 1898); however, all specimens from the Eyre Peninsula — Port Augusta region are recent (1968; 1974; 1974; 1981) and may represent a current southward extension of range within South Australia. All Stuartina collections mapped and/or examined in connection with this study have been annotated. LECTOTYPIFICATION OF S. MUELLERI Lectotypification of S. muelleri is necessary because the material used by Sonder includes two distinct species. The following choice of lectotype suitably fits Sonder’s description, maintains the traditional application of the name S. muelleri and allows the only other name available in Stuartina, S. hamata, to remain in use for the second species. Stuartina muelleri Sonder, Linnaea 25: 522 (1853). Type: “Lofty ranges. Onka- paringa. Cudnaka”, South Australia, F. Mueller s.n. [1848-1853]. Lectotype (here chosen): Onkaparinga, s. date. F.Muell. s.n. (MEL 604835, ex herb. O. W. Sonder, top left hand specimen on sheet). Isolectotype: MEL 604835, bottom left hand specimen on sheet; ? two specimens on right hand side of sheet (see last paragraph below for explanation). Syntype: Lofty ranges, s. dat., F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 604836, ex herb O.W. Sonder). Syntype excluded by lectotypification; Cud- naka, s.dat., [F. Muell. 5.n.] (MEL 604837, ex herb O. W. Sonder, — not S. muelleri but S. hamata Philipson). Cudnaka is believed to be Kanyaka in the southern Flinders Ranges, which Mueller visited in 1851. ♦This collection was inaccessible in unincorporated material when Willis (1973) was prepared. 257 All three MEL sheets cited above are from Sonder’s herbarium (see Court, 1972) and all carry labels which are annotated in Mueller’s handwriting with their respective locality and collector data and with a manuscript name suggested by Mueller. This name is the same on all labels and shows that Mueller considered all the material to be conspecific. Sonder, although not adopting Mueller’s name, must have agreed with this view as he cited all three collections under S. muelleri. Oiily one sheet (MEL 604837) bears Sonder’s determination of S. muelleri, which is written on the reverse of Sonder’s handwritten manuscript description. The reverse also carries pencil sketches, presumably done by Sonder, of floral dissections of S. muelleri. It is unfortunate that this manuscript has become attached to the only sheet now excluded from S. muelleri by the present lectotypification. There has possibly been some accidental transposition of specimens between the three type sheets during the period between collection in the mid-1800’s and mounting in 1982 as the two right hand specimens on MEL 604835 are apparently part of the “Lofty ranges” syntype gathering rather than the “Onkaparinga” lectotype collection. For this reason the isolectotype status of those two specimens is queried. REFERENCES BlacK, J.M. (1957). ‘Flora of South Australia.’ Pt 4, ed. 2 (Government Printer: Adelaide), p. 896. Burbidge, N.T. & Gray, M. (1970). ‘Flora of the Australian Capital Territory.’ (Australian National University Press: Canberra), pp. 386-388, t. 387. Court’ A.B. (1972). Preliminary notes on the Sonder collection in the National Herbarium of Victoria Muelleria 2:188. Eichler, Hj. (1965). ‘Suppl. Black’s Flora of South Australia.’ (Government Printer: Adelaide). p.311. Jacobs, S.W.L. & Pickard, J. (1981). ‘Plants of New South Wales.’ (Government Printer: Sydney) p.86. Philipson, W.R. (1937). New species of Gnaphaleae. J. Bot. 75:314-318. Sonder, O.W. (1853). Plantae Muellerianae. Beitrag zur Flora Sudaustraliens, aus den Sammlungen des Dr. Ferd. Muller. Compositae. Linnaea 25:449-530. Willis, J.H. (1973, not 1972). ‘A Handbook to Plants in Victoria 2, Dicotyledons.’ (Melbourne University Press: Melbourne), p. 699. Manuscript received 23 September 1985. NEW SPECIES OF HEMIGENIA AND MICROCORYS (LABIATAE) by Barry J. Conn* ABSTRACT Conn, B. J. New species of Hemigenia and Microcorys (Labiatae). Muelleria 6(4): 259-264 (1986). — Hemigenia conferta, Microcorys cephalantha, M. wilsoniana (all from Western Australia) and M. eUiptica (from the Northern Territory) are described for the first time. INTRODUCTION The completion of taxonomic revisions of Hemigenia and Microcorys must be delayed until field studies provide the necessary data to evaluate the status of several taxa in a number of apparent species complexes. Although it is desirable for new taxa to be described within taxonomic revisions, it is deemed important that the new species described herein be published immediately, since they all appear to be rare and are possibly endangered or vulnerable. Terminology and presentation follows that used in my revision of Prostanthera section Klanderia (Conn 1984, pp. 211-220). HEMIGENIA Hemigenia conferta Conn, sp. nov. Frutices 0.3-1. 4 m. alti. Rami et ramuli partim sparse usque moderate tomentosi. Folia opposita, sessilia, glabra; laminae diraorphae, folia florum late subobtrullata usque subobtrullata, 7-10 mm. longa, 5.5-7 mm. lata, basi angustata, margine integro, apice late obtuso vel saepe abrupte obtuso, /o/;a non florum anguste ovata usque anguste obovata, 9.5-15 mm. longa, 3-5 mm. lata, basi plus minusve cuneata, margine integro, apice obtuso. Flores in axibus abbreviatis congesti. Pedicellus florum 2. 3-2. 6 mm. longus, partim axe adhaerens, glaber, prophyllis anguste ellipticis, 5. 1-1. 3 mm. longis, 2-2.1 mm. lads, glabris, alibi marginem pilis sparsis. Calyx bilobatus, glaber, alibi lobi margine pilis sparsis; lobus abaxialis circa 4 mm. longus, circa 3 mm. latus, apice bilobato; lobus adaxialis 3-4 mm. longus, circa 3.5 mm. latus, apice trilobato. Corolla 13-14 mm. longa, malvina, alibi intra tubi albi vel cremei, extra glabra, intra in partibus dense tomentosa; tubus 5. 6-5. 9 mm. longus; lobus abaxiali-medianus spathulatus, circa 6-6.5 mm. longus, 6.5-7 mm. latus; lobls laterallbus plus minusve circularibus circa 4. 5-4. 8 mm. longis, circa 4.5 mm. latis; pari loborum adaxiali-mediano transverse late elliptico, 5. 2-5. 5 ram. longo, 6.8-7 mm. lato. Androecium circa 3.3 mm. e basi corollae affixum; filamenta abaxialia 3.4-3.6 mm. longa, anthera 1-1.2 mm. longa, anthera imperfecta circa 0.6 mm longa, connective circa 1.4 mm. longo; filamenta adaxialia 2. 3-2.4 mm. longa, anthera 1-1.2 mm. longa, connective circa 1 mm. longo. Pistillum 9.8-10.2 mm. longum; ovarium 0.9-1 mm. longum; stylus 8. 4-8. 7 mm. longus. Mericarpia iramatura. Type: Conn 2243, 19. ix. 1985, Wongan Hills, c. 1.5 km N. of Wongan Hills- Piawaning road and c. 13 km NW. (by road) of Wongan Hills township (Holo.: MEL 1538990; iso.: CANB, MO, PERTH). Erect to spreading shrub, 0.3-1. 4 m high. Branches sparsely to moderately hairy along a narrow longitudinal region between leaf bases and the next more basal node. Leaves opposite, sessile, glabrous; lamina dimorphic; floral leaves broadly subobtrullate to subobtrullate, 7-10 x 5.5-7 mm, base tapering, margin entire, apex broadly obtuse, often abruptly obtuse; non-floral leaves narrowly ovate to narrowly obovate, 9.5-15 x 3-5 mm, base ± cuneate, margin entire, apex obtuse. Inflorescence a frondose racemiform conflorescence with Rz internodes contracted; 8-16-flowered [per conflorescence]. Pedicel 2. 3-2. 6 mm long, at least half adhering to Rz axis, glabrous; prophylls narrowly elliptic, 5. 7-7. 3 mm long, 2-2.1 mm wide. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 259 260 glabrous except for a few hairs on margin, base cuneate, margin entire, apex acute. Calyx 2-lobed, glabrous except for a few hairs on margin of lobes; tube 2. 5-3. 3 mm long; abaxial lobe c. 4 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, apex bilobed with sinus c. 2 mm long; adaxial lobe 3-4 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, apex trilobed with sinuses c. 2 mm long, adaxial lateral lobes often narrower and more acute than adaxial median lobe. Corolla 13-14 mm long, mauve on lobes and outer surface of tube, white to cream-coloured with maroon dots on inner surface of tube; outer surface glabrous; inner surface densely hairy at base of stamens, with occasional shorter hairs distally; tube funnel-shaped, 5. 6-5. 9 mm long; abaxial median lobe spathulate, c. 6-6.5 mm long, 6.5-7 mm wide, margin often slightly irregular, apex emarginate to bilobed (sinus c. 0.3 or 1.6-1. 7 mm long), if lobed then each lobe notched producing a small lateral secondary lobe or variously notched; lateral lobes ± circular, c. 4. 5 -4. 8 mm long, c. 4.5 mm wide, apex slightly emarginate; adaxial median /o6e-pa/> transversely broad-elliptic, 5. 2-5. 5 mm long, 6.8-7 mm wide, apex bilobed (sinus 2-2.3 mm long), each lobe emarginate and so producing a small lateral secondary lobe. Androecium inserted c. 3.3 mm above base of corolla; abaxial staminal filaments 3. 4-3. 6 mm long; anther 1-1.2 mm long, imperfect anther c. 0.6 mm long, connective c. 1.4 mm long; adaxial staminal filaments 2. 3-2. 4 mm long, anther 0.8-0.9 mm long, connective c. 1 mm long, with sterile lobe c. 0.6- 0.9 mm long and terminating in several narrowly triangular trichomes. Pistil 9.8- 10.2 mm long; ovary 0.9-1 mm long; style 8. 4-8. 7 mm long. Mericarps immature. Distribution: Endemic to the Wongan Hills, Western Australia. Ecology: Occurring in Petrophile-dommaied shrubland in shallow soils on lateritic rise. Notes: This species is vegetatively very similar to Microcorys obovata, but the leaves are opposite in H. conferta and in whorls of three in M. obovata. The dimorphic leaves of this new species readily distinguish it from M. obovata and other Hemigenia species. The floral leaves remain on the plant for at least two flowering seasons. The short internodes of the Rz (conflorescence) axis and the adherence of the pedicel to the Rz axis are useful diagnostic features of this species. The affinities of H. conferta are unclear, but it may be related to H. obovata. However, the latter has linear prophylls, a distinctly ‘free’ pedicel, hairy branches and Rz internodes of similar length to the vegetative internodes. Other Specimens Examined: Western Australia: South-West (Avon) — Conn 2244 (MEL 1538991, PERTH), 2251 (MEL 1538992, PERTH) & 2257 (MEL 1538993, MO, PERTH, RSA) (date and locality as for type collection]. MICROCORYS Microcorys cephalantha Conn, sp. nov. Frutices 0.2 m. alti. Rami et ramuli partim dense tomentosi. Folia verticillata terna, glabra vel pills sparsis; petiolus absens; lamina anguste obovata, 10-12.5 mm. longa, 2.5-4 mm. lata, basi anguste cuneata, margine integro, apice obtuso. Inflorescentiae ad instar capitulorum. Pedicellus florum 0.3-0. 5 mm. longus, dense tomentosus, prophyllis anguste deltoideis usque anguste suboblongis, 0.4-0. 5 mm. longis, circa 0.1 mm. latis, sparse usque dense tomentosis. Calyx partim sparse usque moderate tomentosus, extra sparse usque moderate glandifer; tubus 2.8-3. 1 mm. longus; lobi deltoidei usque late deltoidei, 2.8-3. 1 mm. longi, 0.9-1. 3 mm. lati, apice acuminato usque subcaudato. Corolla circa 6-8 mm. longa, alba et partim lutea, extra lobis moderate usque dense tomentosa, intra in partibus distalibus moderate tomentosa; tubus 4.3-5 mm. longus; lobus abaxiali-medianus plus minusve spathulatus, circa 4.5 mm. longus, circa 3 mm. latus; lobis lateralibus obovatis usque spathulatis, 2. 3-3. 9 mm. longis, 1.4-2. 8 mm. latis; pari loborum adaxiali-mediano cuculliformi, 2. 6-3. 3 mm. longo. Androec- ium 3. 5-3. 8 mm. e basi corollae affixum; filamenta staminum 2.4-2. 5 mm. longa; antherae 261 0.7-1 mm. longae, connectivo prope basim filamenti adnato, 0.8-0. 9 mm. longo; filamenta staminodiorum circa 0.5 mm. longa; lobi staminodiorum circa 1 mm. longi. Pistillum 6.2- 6.8 mm. longum; ovarium circa 0.3 mm. longum; stylus 5. 7-6. 3 mm. longus. Mericarpia 1.8-2 mm. longa. Type; Hnatiuk 780068, 13.1.1978, 10 km WNW. of Jitarning, Western Australia (Holo.: PERTH; iso.: MEL 1538995). [Actually NW. of Jitarning, on ‘Eighty Six Gate road’, 4 km W. of junction with the ‘Jitarning West road’.] Shrub, 0.2 m high. Branches decumbent with erect new shoots, densely hairy along a narrow longitudinal region between axil of leaf and next more distal node, more basal internodes sparsely hairy. Leaves in whorls of 3, sessile, glabrous or with a few scattered ± patent, multicellular hairs near and/or on margin; lamina narrowly obovate, 10-12.5 x 2.5-4 mm, base narrowly cuneate, margin entire, apex obtuse. Inflorescence a head-like frondo-bracteose racemiform conflorescence, in- ternodes of conflorescence (Rz axis) reduced; c. 10-flowered [per conflorescence]. Pedicel 0.3-0. 5 mm long, densely hairy; prophylls narrowly triangular to narrowly suboblong, 0.4-0. 5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, sparsely to densely hairy, margin entire, apex obtuse. Calyx sparsely to moderately hairy on margin of lobes and distal inner surface of lobes; outer surface sparsely to moderately glandular, glands pedicellate, up to c. 0.1 mm long; tube 2.8-3. 1 mm long; lobes triangular to broadly triangular, 1-1.6 mm long, 0.9-1. 3 mm wide, apex acuminate to subcaudate. Corolla c. 6-8 mm long, ‘white with maroon spots, hood [adaxial median lobe-pair] yellow with red-brown internal spots’ (Hnatiuk 780068); outer surface with tube glabrous and lobes moderately to densely hairy; inner surface of tube glabrous, occasionally with a few hairs just below base of androecium, adaxial median lobe-pair and margin of abaxial and lateral lobes moderately hairy; tube narrowly tubular and abruptly expanded distally, 4.3-5 mm long; abaxial median lobe ± spathulate, c. 4.5 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, apex irregular and emarginate; lateral lobes obovate to spathulate, 2. 3 -3. 9 mm long, 1.4-2. 8 mm wide, apex irregular; adaxial median lobe-pair hood-shaped, margin obovate in outline, 2. 6-3. 3 mm long,c. 2 mm wide, margin ± recurved, ‘apex’ rounded. Androecium inserted 3. 5-3. 8 mm above base of corolla (in expanded distal part of tube); staminal filaments 2.A-2.5 mm long; anthers 0.7-1 mm long, connective displaced basally so that it is adnate c. 0.4 mm from base of filament, 0.8-0. 9 mm long and terminated by several hairs, sterile end of connective not enlarged; staminodal filaments c. 0.5 mm long; staminodal lobes c. 1 mm long. Pistil 6.2-6.S mm long; ovary c. 0.3 mm long; style 5.7-6.3 mm long. Mericarps 1.8-2 mm long. Distribution: Only known from the South-West botanical province (Avon and possibly Roe districts) of Western Australia. Ecology: Occurring in roadside closed heath community on sandy loam with lateritic gravel (Hnatiuk 780068). Notes; This species has close affinities with M. capitata, since both have head-like conflorescences, acuminate to subcaudate calyx lobes and the staminal connective greatly removed from the anther. M. cephalantha is readily distinguished from M capitata by the narrowly obovate sessile leaves (ovate and distinctly shortly petiolate m M. capitata), the narrowly cuneate leaf base (rounded in M. capitata), and by the floral leaves which are distally reduced to prophylls (broadened, hence broadly ovate and more or less covering the flowers in M. capitata). Other Specimen Examined: Western Australia: South-West (Avon) — Foreman 7 74/, 2 1. xi. 1 985, 1 8 km S.of Kulin (MEL 678390). 262 (? Avon or Roe) — Humphreys s.n., Il.xii.l965, 119.5 miles [? from Perth] along Lake Grace road (PERTH). Microcorys elliptica Conn, sp. nov. Frutices parvi. Rami et ramuli moderate tomentosi. Folia verticillata terna, moderate tomentosa; petiolus circa 2-2.5 mm. longus; lamina anguste elliptica, 15-21 mm. longa, 2.5-4 mm. lata, basi decurrens, margine integro et leviter recurvo, apice subacuto. Pedicellus florum 2-3 mm. longus, dense tomentosus, prophyllis anguste obovatis usque linearibus, 1.3-2. 2 mm. longis, 0.2-0. 3 mm. latis, dense tomentosis. Calyx exXxa. dense tomentosus; tubus 2. 7-3. 3 mm. longus, interne ad basim glaber, alibi tomentosus; lobi deltoidei, 2. 5-2. 8 mm. longi, 1-2.2 mm. lati, apice obtuso. Corolla 7-11 mm. longa, alba, extra in partibus distalibus dense tomentosa, intra dense tomentosa ad basim androecii; tubus circa 3.5 mm. longus; lobus abaxiali- medianus late spathulatus usque depresso-spathulatus, 2. 5-3. 8 mm. longus, 3. 5-3. 8 mm. latus; lobis lateralibus plus minusve oblongis, (2-)2.7-2.9 mm. longis, circa 1.5-1. 7 mm. latis; pari loborum adaxiali-mediano cuculliformi, 2. 3-2. 5 mm. longo. Androecium 1.7-1. 8 mm. e basi corollae affixum; filamenta staminum 3. 7-3. 8 mm. longa; antherae 1.7-1. 8 mm. longae, connectivo circa 1.5 mm. longo; filamenta staminodiorum 3. 3-3. 5 mm. longa; lobi stami- nodiorum circa 1.5 mm. longi. Pistillum circa 4.5-5 mm. longum; ovarium circa 0.9-1 mm. longum; stylus 3-4 mm. longus. Mericarpia immatura. Type: Craven 6647, 30.iii.l981, c. 18 km SE. of Jabiru, Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory (Holo.: MEL 653914; iso.: CANB). Small weak shrub (height not known). Branches moderately hairy. Leaves in whorls of 3, moderately hairy; petiole c. 2-2.5 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, 15-21 X 2.5-4 mm, base decurrent, margin entire, slightly recurved, apex subacute. Inflorescence a frondose racemiform conflorescence; to c. 54-flowered [per conflor- escence]. Pedicel 2-3 mm long, densely hairy; prophylls narrowly obovate to linear, 1.3-2. 2 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, densely hairy, base very narrowly cuneate, margin entire, apex obtuse. Calyx outer surface densely hairy, especially on tube; tube 2. 7-3. 3 mm long, with inner surface glabrous basally, densely hairy on distal half; lobes triangular, 2. 5-2. 8 mm long, 1-2.2 mm wide, apex obtuse. Corolla 7- 11 mm long, white; outer surface glabrous basally, densely hairy distally; inner surface glabrous on basal 1.7-1. 8 mm of tube, densely hairy in a narrow band where the androecium unites with the corolla, distally with occasional hairs; tube c. 3.5 mm long; abaxial median lobe broadly spathulate to depressed-spathulate, 2. 5-3. 8 mm long, 3. 5-3. 8 mm wide, apex irregular and rounded, emarginate; lateral lobes ± oblong, (2-)2.7-2.9 mm long, c. 1.5-1. 7 mm wide at base, apex irregular and broadly obtuse; adaxial median /o6e-/ja/r hood-shaped, 2.3-2. 5 mm long, margin recurved, apex bilobed (sinus c. 0.8 mm long), apex of each lobe-pair obtuse. Androecium inserted 1.7-1. 8 mm above base of corolla; staminal filaments 3. 7-3. 8 mm long; anthers 1.7-1. 8 mm long, connective c. 1.5 mm long and terminated by many narrowly triangular trichomes; staminodal filaments 3. 3-3. 5 mm long; stam- inodal lobes c. 1.5 mm long. Pistil c. 4.5-5 mm long; ovary c. 0.9-1 mm long; style 3-4 mm long. Mericarps immature. Distribution.- Only known by the type specimen from Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory. Ecology: Occurs in ‘crevices on exposed sandstone cliff [which is an] outlier of main plateau’ (Craven 6647). Notes: This new species is of biogeographical interest because of its large disjunction with the centre of diversity of the genus (yiz. south-western Western Australia). The affinities of this species are not known. M. longiflora is the only species which is superficially similar to M. elliptica. However, the two species are readily 263 distinguished. The leaves of M. longiflora are narrowly ovate or sometimes appear narrowly oblong because the margin is recurved (never narrowly elliptic), whereas M. elliptica has narrowly elliptic leaves. Furthermore, the corolla of M. longiflora is about 15 mm long, whereas the corolla is 7-11 mm long in M. elliptica. Microcorys wilsoniana Conn, sp. nov. Frutices 0.5-0.6 m. alti. Rami et ramuli dense tomentosi. Folia verticillata terna vel opposita, moderate vel sparse tomentosa; petiolus absens aut si praesens turn usque ad circa 0.5 mm. longus; lamina late ovata usque ovata, 8-16 mm. longa, 3.5-12 mm. lata, basi obtusa usque subtruncata, margine integro et recurvo, apice obtuso. Pedicellus flonim 1.5-1. 9 mm. longus, dense tomentosus, prophyllis anguste obovatis, 2. 5-2. 7 mm. longis, 0.4-0.6 mm. latis, dense tomentosis. Calyx dense tomentosus; tubus 2.6-3. 1 mm. longus; lobi late deltoidei, 2. 5-2. 6 mm. longi, 1.3-2 mm. lati, apice obtuso. Corolla 11-14 mm. longa, malvina vel purpurea, extra in partibus distalibus moderate usque dense tomentosa, intra in partibus distalibus moderate tomentosa; tubus 8-10 mm. longus; lobus abaxiali-medianus depresso-obovatus, 3. 4-4.5 mm. longus, 5. 5-6. 5 mm. latus; lobis lateralibus late obovatis, 2. 6-3.6 mm. longis, 3. 3-3.9 mm. latis; pari loborum adaxiali-mediano cuculliformi usque depresso-ovato, circa 3.3 mm. longo. Androecium 3. 8-4. 6 mm. e basi corollae affixum; filamenta staminum 1.6- 1.8 rnm. longa; antherae 1-1.1 mm. longae, connectivo 1.5-2. 3 mm. longo; filamenta stam- inodiorum 1.8-2 mm. longa; lobi staminodiorum 0.5-0.8 mm. longi. Pistillum 8.5-9 mm. longum; ovarium 0.7-0.8 mm. longum; stylus 7.5-9 mm. longus. Mericarpia 1-1.2 mm. longa. Type: Wilson 6934, 8.viii.l968, N. side of Mt Short, c. 14 km NNW. of Ravens- thorpe. Western Australia (Holo.: MEL 1538613; iso.: MEL 1538612, PERTH, other duplicate to be distributed). Shrub, 0.5-0.6 m high. Branches densely hairy. Leaves in whorls of 3 or opposite, sessile or very shortly petiolate, densely hairy basally, moderately or sparsely hairy distally; petiole up to c. 0.5 mm long; lamina broadly ovate to ovate, 8-16 X 3.5-12 mm, base obtuse to subtruncate, margin recurved, apex obtuse. Inflorescence a frondose racemiform conflorescence; 6-12 flowered [per conflor- escence]. Pedicel 1.5-1. 9 mm long, densely hairy; prophylls narrowly obovate, 2.5- 2.7 mm long, 0.4-0. 6 mm wide, densely hairy, base narrowly cuneate, margin entire and slightly incurved, apex obtuse. Calyx densely hairy; tube 2.6-3. 1 mm long; lobes broadly triangular, 2. 5-2. 6 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, apex obtuse. Corolla 11-14 mm long, mauve or purple; outer surface glabrous basally, moderately to densely hairy distally; inner surface glabrous on basal 2.3-2.5 mm of tube, mod- erately hairy in distal parts of tube and base of lobes, especially on median lobes; tube 8-10 mm long; abaxial median lobe depressed obovate, 3.4-4. 5 mm long, 5.5- 6.5 mm wide, apex irregular, bilobed (sinus c. 1.3 mm long); lateral lobes broadly obovate, 2. 6-3. 6 mm long, 3. 3-3. 9 mm wide, apex irregular, emarginate; adaxial median depressed ovate, c. 3.3 mm long, 4.6-4.8 mm wide, apex irregular, emarginate to bilobed (sinus 0.4-0. 7 mm long), apex of each lobe-pair obtuse. Androecium inserted 3. 8-4.6 mm from base of corolla; staminal filaments 1.6-1. 8 mm long; anthers 1-1.1 mm long, connective 1.5-2. 3 mm long and terminated by many narrowly triangular trichomes on an expanded and flattened sterile end; staminodal filaments 1.8-2 mm long; staminodal lobes 0.5-0.8 mm long. Pistil 8.5- 9 mm long; ovary 0.7-0. 8 mm long; style 7.5-9 mm long. Mericarps 1-1.2 mm long. Distribution: Only known from Mt Short, Western Australia. Ecology.- Occurs on disturbed margin of extensive quarry for road metal in dense Mallee on red-brown lateritic and sandstone-derived soil (Barker 2543). Notes: This species appears to have close affinities with M. purpurea. M. wilsoniana 264 has a calyx tube to lobe ratio of 0.8-0. 9 (2. 5-3. 3 in M. purpurea), the indumentum generally patent even though varying from subretrorse to subantrorse but never appressed (subappressed to appressed antrorse hairs in M. purpurea) and the petioles absent or up to c. 0.5 mm long (consistently shortly petiolate and c. 0.8 mm long in M. purpurea). Etymology: The specific epithet honours Paul G. Wilson of the Western Australian Her- barium for his significant contribution to the taxonomy of the Australian flora. Other Specimen Examined: Western Australia: South-West (Eyre) — Barker 2543, 2I.ix.l977, Mt Short (AD, MEL 1538996); Foreman 1203, 24.xi.1985, ibidem (MEL 678389); George 4440, 25.V.1963, ibidem (MEL 1538994, PERTH); Young Y269, 10.x. 1967, ibidem (PERTH). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am indebted to the Directors/Curators and staff of AD and PERTH for making available loans of herbarium material held in their institutions. REFERENCE Conn, B. J. (1984). A taxonomic revision of Prostanthera Labill. section Klanderia (F.v. Muell.) Benth. (Labiatae). J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 6; 207-348. Manuscript received 11 November 1985. THE ALPINE VEGETATION OF VICTORIA, EXCLUDING THE BOGONG HIGH PLAINS REGION by N. G. Walsh, R. H. Barley and P. K. Gullan* ABSTRACT Walsh, N.G., Barley, R.H. & Gullan, P.K. The alpine vegetation of Victoria, excluding the Bogong High Plains region. Muelleria 6(4):265-292(1986).— All alpine and subalpine areas of naturally treeless vegetation in Victoria, with the exception of the Bogong High Plains, were surveyed during the summer months between November 1980 and February 1982. Floristic information from 498 quadrats was analysed via a computer-based, numerical sorting and classification procedure to determine the major floristic vegetation types of the area. These were then arranged hierarchically into 10 floristic communiti^, each of which contained one or more distinct floristic sub-communities. Each of the 29 sub-communities is described and its distribution given in this paper. Heathlands were the commonest structural category (almost two-thirds of all quadrats sampled) but these occupied a wide range of environments from deep, water-retentive bogs to dry, exposed, rocky outcrops. Grasslands occupied most of the remaining sites. INTRODUCTION This paper presents the results of a systematic botanical survey of alpine vegetation in Victoria, with the exception of the Bogong High Plains region (which was the subject of a similar study by McDougall (1982)). The results of the survey have been interpreted to identify the major vegetation types and to indicate their broad-scale distribution within the study area. THE STUDY AREA The study area is defined as all treeless alpine and subalpine country within the Victorian alps, excluding the Bogong High Plains (Fig. 1). The major mountain systems include, from west to east. Lake Mountain, the Baw Baw Plateau, Mts Skene and Buller, the Bluff, Mts Howitt and Cobbler, the Snowy Range, Mts Wellington and Buffalo, the Dargo High Plains, the Nunniong Plateau, the Cob- beras and Davies Plain (Fig. 2). Approximately 70 km^ of naturally treeless, alpine or subalpine vegetation, i.e. approximately one third of the total area covered by this kind of vegetation in Victoria, occurs fragmentedly within the study area. Most of the remainder of this type of vegetation is distributed almost continuously across the Bogong High Plains. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 265 266 Below 1000 m. 1000- 1500m. Above 1500m. LAKE M Fig. 2. Major mountain ranges above 1000 m in the study area. Fig. 3. Distribution of the 498 sample sites in the study area. 267 THE SURVEY Method Data Collection In each square kilometre of treeless vegetation at least three quadrats, each 4 X 5 m, were chosen to represent different vegetation types. Sampling intensity was increased in areas of apparent high diversity to ensure that all vegetation types were represented. A total of 498 sites were sampled (Fig. 3), an average of about 7 sites to each square kilometre. This high sampling intensity reflects the high degree of local variation of the vegetation and fragmented dispersal of (often small) areas of treeless vegetation in the study area. Each site was sampled in a uniform stand of vegetation. In very restricted occurrences of a vegetation type, quadrats may have been smaller than 4 x 5 m. Every vascular plant species within a quadrat was identified and assigned a cover/abundance value (Gullan 1978) corresponding to a visual estimate of its performance in that quadrat. Dominant cryptogams (mosses and lichens) were similarly treated. Height and extent of cover of shrub and ground layers at each site were noted, as were slope, aspect, altitude and percentage cover of cattle faeces and exposed rock or earth. Plant identification All plants which could not be identified in the field were collected, labelled and taken to the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) for closer examination and comparison with the Herbarium’s reference collection. This procedure allowed for the identification to species level of all but a few plants collected. Where suitable material was available, specimens of particularly difficult groups were submitted to recognised experts for identification. Nomenclature follows that of Forbes et al (1984). Availability of only sterile material for the following species reduced their determination to generic level: Agrostis hiemalis, A. parviflora, A. venusta — recorded as Agrostis sp Chiloglottis cornuta, C. gM/i/nV— recorded as Chiloglottis sp Danthonia eriantha, D. xetacec— recorded as Danthonia sp. Deyeuxia carinata, D. crassiusculus—rtcoxd&d as Deyeuxia sp. Isolepis aucklandicus, /. /no/ih'vcgwx— recorded as Isolepis sp. No attempt was made to discern between the four alpine species of Sphagnum (S. australe, S. cristatum, S. falcatum, S. subsecundum) and these have all been recorded as Sphagnum spp.. Costin et al. (1979) segregated alpine or subalpine forms ot Erigeron pappochroma into three distinguishable taxa, A,B and C, and this arrangement has been adopted in the present study. Craspedia glauca is treated by the same authors as including six taxa, A-F. Five forms of this plant were recorded m the present study and listed as Craspedia C-G. These do not necessarily correspond to like-named taxa of Costin et al., but C and D are in both cases similar, if not synonymous. Data Storage and Analysis Information from each quadrat site (floristics, locality, altitude and sampling date) was stored on magnetic disc. Analyses utilized a computer-based, numerical / Pi’ocedure followed by a hand-sorting procedure, as outlined in Gullan (1978). The result of the analyses is a set of two-way tables, which present all of the data m a sorted form. However, because many species occur in relatively few of the quadrats and add little to the overall vegetation description, the two-wav tables pr^ented m this report do not contain all the species recorded in each quadrat. For a full explanation of the tables see Gullan et al. (1981). Generally a trend of increasing wetness of the vegetation from left to right (quadrats) and top to bottom (species) is depicted in the tables. ^ 268 Terminology The several terms given below have precise definitions in the context of this work (following Gullan et al. 1981). Other terms (such as alliance, formation, association) commonly used in vegetation description have been variously misapplied and are not universally understood. Their use has been avoided in this paper. Sub-community A sub-community is a group of quadrats which have a similar floristic com- position. This term is synonymous with the “nodum” of Poore (1955) and is the basic unit of vegetation used in this study. Community A community is a collection of sub-communities (or sometimes a single sub- community) which have floristic and environmental affinities. The community may represent either a floristic continuum along which arbitrary divisions have been made to form sub-communities, or a collection of sub-communities which are considered to be different temporal phases of the same vegetation type, or a single vegetation type having undergone different disturbance regimes (e.g. fire, grazing, clearing). Character Species A character species is one which occurs frequently and consistently in the quadrats of a sub-community. The resolution of character species is based upon a formula which sets the lower limit for species occurrence in quadrats of a sub- community at 35%-55%, the exact value depending on the number of quadrats representing that sub-community (see Gullan et al. 1981). Community Names These are descriptive names applied to the communities and utilize common rather than scientific terminology in an attempt to convey an impression of the structure and environment of the community. These names do not follow set rules such as those outlined by Specht (1970) or Braun-Blanquet (1928) because they are not intended to form the basis for a formal nomenclature. Limitations and Qualifications Floristics Although all quadrats were sampled during summer, the main growing season for most alpine plants, certain seasonally-apparent species (particularly orchids) and ephemerals may have been unrecorded because they were absent or insufficiently represented at the time of sampling. Distribution of Sub-communities The distribution maps provided with the sub-community descriptions show sites where a sub-community has been positively recorded. They are intended only to show sub-community distribution in a broad sense within the study area and cannot be interpreted as maps indicating the entire ranges of the sub-communities. Weeds Information on alien species (mean % occurrence, mean % cover) has been provided for each sub-community in order to give some indication of weed invasion into native plant communities. Certain areas, such as roadsides and muster yards, contain a very much higher weed composition than indicated for any sub-community but were generally not sampled in this study. For this and other reasons the weed information provided does not indicate the abundance or distribution of weeds within the entire study area. 269 RESULTS The results of the survey and its analyses are presented in three ways in order to provide easy access to any piece of information relevant to the aims of this paper. Two-way Tables The two-way tables (Tables 1-3) provide a succinct description of the floristic composition of the vegetation and are the most important source of information about floristic variation within and between different kinds of vegetation. They contain almost all of the raw data. All character species of the sub-communities are listed and only those species which occur in fewer than about 5% of the quadrats are absent. Community Descriptions Ten communities have been described for the study area. It is possible that a greater number of communities would have existed at the time of European set- tlement and certain that, of those communities described, at least some have undergone modification as a result of land management practices. A brief description of each of the communities is given below. ALP Community 1: Podocarpus Heathland (1 sub-community; 11 sites. Alt. 1400-1740 m, av. 1606 m). A floristically and ecologically well-defined closed-heath- land forming thickets on rocky, usually igneous substrates occupying exposed ledges or steep gullies at high altitudes. Although widespread throughout the study area (with the exception of the Baw Baw and Nunniong Plateaux), individual stands of this community are confined to small and often isolated sites, usually covering 100 m^ or less. Species composition is particularly constant, with a low floristic diversity and invariable dominance of the coniferous shrub Podocarpus lawrencei. ALP Community 2; Low Alpine Shrubland (2 sub-communities; 12 sites. Alt. 1460-1760 m, av. 1617 m). A low-shrubland of medium to steeply graded slopes, comprising several species which are commonly associated with Snow Gum Wood- lands at lower altitudes. Soils are typically shallow with igneous or sedimentary outcrops common. Herbaceous species are not common and grasses usually dom- inate the fairly sparse ground layer. ALP Community 3: Sparse, Rocky Alpine Heathland (4 sub-communities; 31 sites. Alt. 1400-1805 m, av. 1580 m). A diverse community occupying rocky sites varying from exposed crags and summits to small, gentle rises within relatively flat snowplains. The constituent sub-communities are variously dominated by any of a number of low, spreading shrubs (e.g Phebalium squamulosum, Oxylobium alpestre, Grevillea australis, or Hovea longifolia). The ground layer is usually sparse with a variety of herbs and grasses, various combinations of which represent local variants of the community. ALP Community 4: Kunzea ericifolia Heathland (3 sub-communities; 20 sites. Alt. 1380-1740 m, av. 1541 m). The dominance of the procumbent, layering shrub Kun- zea ericifolia makes this an easily recognizable community with local variants occurring on most ranges, with the exceptions of the eastern and western extremities of the study area. The community is invariably associated with shallow soils overlaying an extensive rocky substrate. Floristic richness is generally low, a trait common to vegetation dominated by a single species. 270 ALP Community 5: Baw Baw Alpine Heathland (2 sub-communities; 18 sites. Alt. 1320-1535 m, av. 1410 m). This community is restricted to the Baw Baw plateau where it usually occupies dry to damp sites of northerly aspect. Shrub cover is frequently dense, up to 1.5 m tall, dominated by Helichrysum secundiflorum, Olearia phlogopappa, O. algida and a low, dense, highland form of Pultenaea muelleri. The ground layer incorporates a wide variety of herbs. This community merges to Snow Gum Woodland at lower altitudes where many of the same species are common components of the shrub stratum. ALP Community 6: Alpine Heathland (4 sub-communities; 123 sites. Alt. 1160-1760 m, av. 1507 m). This is the most abundant and widespread alpine com- munity, occupying a wide variety of habitats throughout the study area. It is characterised by a low, discontinuous shrub cover of Hovea longifolia (and occa- sionally Grevillea australis) and a dense tussock-grass cover of Poa fawcettiae (or P. phillipsiana in basaltic areas). Other graminoid or herbaceous species are locally common and indicative of various edaphic or climatic conditions, but a number of small herbs are ubiquitous (e.g. Microseris scapigera, Asperula gunni, Carex breviculmis, Leptorhynchos squamatus and the introduced Rumex acetosella). ALP Community 7: Alpine Grassland (3 sub-communities; 64 sites. Alt. 1200- 1680 m, av. 1481 m). This community is closely allied, floristically and geo- graphically, to community 6. It may be distinguished by a higher cover of grasses or the branching rope-rush Empodisma minus and a corresponding paucity of shrub species. The community frequently forms extensive, unbroken tracts on flat snow- plains. Soils are typically deep and water-retentive but are seldom waterlogged. This community contains representatives of the weediest vegetation encountered in the study area and includes the most heavily grazed areas sampled. ALP Community 8: Baw Baw Damp Alpine Heath (1 sub-community; 8 sites. Alt. 1305-1480 m, av. 1379 m). This community occupies a position transitional between sodden. Wet Alpine Heathland (community 9) and Baw Baw Dry Alpine Heathland (community 5) on the Baw Baw Plateau. Soils are deep, damp and peaty. Granite boulders are common. The vegetation includes a fairly even mixture of shrub species (Grevillea australis, Asterolasia trymalioides, Epacris petrophila, Orites lancifolia, Helichrysum hookeri) and rarely exceeds a height of one metre. Although geo- graphically and ecologically a transitional vegetation type, the above shrub species and several herbs are more abundant than in either of the adjacent communities. ALP Community 9: Wet Alpine Heathland (6 sub-communities; 112 sites. Alt. 980-1760 m, av. 1450m). A low, open- to closed-heathland scattered throughout the study area on wetter sites. This community includes alpine bog vegetation dominated by Sphagnum spp., i.e. mosses with a high water-retentive capacity. These mosses contribute to an environment which is, in Australia, confined almost entirely to the alps and subalps. Vegetation which is not dominated by Sphagnum spp. usually supports a higher diversity and abundance of shrubs and has Empod- isma minus as the main ground cover. This is the commonest wetland species throughout the study area but, on the Bogong High Plains, it is apparently coiifined to waterlogged depressions (McDougall, 1982). The epacrids Richea continentis and Epacris paludosa are ubiquitous in sites supporting community 9. ALP Community 10: Damp Alpine Heathland (3 sub-communities; 49 sites. Alt. 1120-1740 m, av. 1404 m). This community is invariably asociated with sphagnum 271 bogs, broad drainage platforms and deep, humus-rich soils at stream margins. It occurs on the Snowy Range, Dargo High Plains and mountains to the far east of the study area. Shrub cover is generally sparse whereas the ground layer is usually dense and varied, consisting mainly of low, matting herbs. Sphagnum clumps are occasional but rarely continuous (cf. community 9). Both the Sphagnum and the tender herb layer are commonly dissected by cattle or brumbies which are prevalent in some areas. A relatively high proportion of weeds (averaging 8% of species total) is consistent with utilisation of these areas for grazing. Sub-community Summary Sheets The following three sets of information have been amalgamated to produce a summary sheet for each of the 29 sub-communities. These constitute the primary means of describing vegetation in this paper. Sub-community Distribution Maps: The distribution of each sub-cominunity throughout the study area is shown by means of a schematic map on which is marked the locations of all of its constituent quadrat sites. Character Species Tables: These tables summarise information from the two- way tables and present it in a different format. The tables contain the character species of each sub-community listed in order of their frequency of occurrence, and the frequency (% FREQ) and mean cover/abundance (C/A) of each species. Species are arranged to show their relative importance within an individual sub- community, in contrast to the two-way tables in which they are arranged to demonstrate the inter-relationships between sub-communities. Sub-community Descriptions and Annotations: A simple description has been prepared for each sub-community which includes briefly summarised information on its distribution, environment, altitude, aspect, incline, structure, floristic richness and weed composition. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors wish to express their gratitude to the following people and or- ganisations who assisted in various aspects of this work — to Peter Durkin, Stephen Forbes, Knud Hansen, Sally Lloyd, Charles Meredith, John Renowden, Harm van Rees, Ron Walsh and Jan White for assistance with fieldwork and processing of raw data; to the (then) Forests Commission of Victoria for provision of accomo- dation during several stages of the fieldwork; to various officers of the National Parks Service for helpful advice and transport when working within Mt Baw Baw and Mt Buffalo National Parks; to Bob Chinnock (AD), Elizabeth Edgar (CHR), Max Gray (CANB), Tony Orchard (HO), Joy Thompson (NSW) and Karen Wilson (NSW) for identification or confirmation of specimens unable to be matched at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). REFERENCES Braun-Blanquet, J. (1928). ‘Pflanzensoziologie’ (Springer: Berlin). Carr, S.G.M. & Turner, J.S. (1959) The ecology of the Bogong High Plains, 1 & 2. Atist. J. Bot. 1: 12-63. Costin, A.B., Gray, M., Totterdell, C.J. & Wimbush, D.J (1979). ‘Kosciusko Alpine Flora.’ (CSIRO/ Collins: Sydney). Forbes, S.J., Gullan, P.K. Kilgour, R.A. & Powell, M.A. (1984). ‘A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria.’ (National Herbarium of Victoria: Melbourne). Forbes, S.J., Walsh, N.G. & Gullan, P.K. (1982). Vegetation of East Gippsland. Muelleria 5: 53-113. Gullan, P.K. (1978). Vegetation of the Royal Botanical Gardens Annexe at Cranbourne, Victoria. Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 90: 225-240. 272 Gullan, P.K. & Norris, K.C. (1981). An investigation of environmentally significant features (botanical and zoological) of Mt Hotham, Victoria. Ministry for Conservation, Victoria. Environmental Studies Series No. 315. Gullan, P.K., Walsh, N.G. & Forbes, S.J. (1981). Vegetation of the Gippsland Lakes catchment. Muelleria 4: 333-383. McDougall, K. (1982). The alpine vegetation of the Bogong High Plains. Soil Conservation Authority, Victoria. Environmental Studies Publication No. 357. Poore, M.E.D. (1955). The use of phytosociological methods in ecological investigations. Practical issues involved in an attempt to apply the Braun-Blanquet system. J. Ecol. 43: 245-269. Specht, R.L. (1970). Vegetation. In Leeper, G.W. (ed.), ‘The Australian Environment.’ (Dominion Press: North Blackburn, Victoria), pp. 44-67. Manuscript received 19 June 1985. 273 Table 1. Two-way table of Communities 1-5. SUB-COMMUNITY 1.1 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4.1 5.1 5.2 SPECIES"^'^ 11111111111 3333333398J 1111110200c 3878758126! 6307784805C 11111 33333 mill 94889f D5454: mil 33333. 11120C 59704^ 45513! 111111111111 333333333333 222222211111 001111177885 393756949103C mil 33888C )000C DOOOC 4725C 11111111 99898888 00000000 23628411 22644845 nil 999S OOOC 677" 9012 1111 3888C 0110 5029 4509C 111111111111 666666666686( 00000000001 0( 456650266622. 910262348632' mil 56666 ooooc 34121 906 62 ?332 Etodocarpus lawrencei 2362 PolystichuT proliferum 1022 Tasmannia xeropiiila 2097 Olearia phloqopappa 5543443454: 2 1 1+1 +■♦ 1 12221 24 1+ 2 11+ 4 1 + 21+3 2 12+: 1 + + 1 + + 1 4 + 1 + 1 U + 12+ + 4 + 4 2451 Prostantriera cuneata 0008 Acacia alpina 2247 Phebalium squamulosum 0339 Baeckea ramosissiriB 11 1 3331 22 3 21 1 32 + 2 12 12 1+1 1 ++ 1 1 1 + 1 H 4+ + 0821 Crowea exalata 0899 Danthonia eriantha 0283 Asterolasia trymalioides 0894 Donthcxiia alpicola 0481 Bulbine bulbosa 3560 Craspedia sp. 'G' + 1 1 4 1 -1 111 1 + 1 + + 1+ ++11 1 11 +1+1++ 1 ++1 4 1 1 1 + + +1 + 3jo / LAJzula novae-cambriae 1 483 Helipterum albicans 2268 Pimelea axiflora 2156 Qxylobiun alpestre 1 801 LGucopogcar suaveolens 1 964 Microseris scapigera 2913 Stellaria punqens + 111 + 11++ 1 ++ 1 + 1++1 + 4 4 1 + 2213 1 1 + nil I + 11 1 35 + 1 ++ 1 2 1 " 1 + 21111 + +++ 111 + 1l4 1 1+ + 1 +1121 2 + 1 + +1 1 11 1+1 1211 in 1 ■rm +2+4 1 + 21 1 11+ 1 111 1111 1 + + 2 12+ 1 1 1 + 111 1 + +111 ++1 + 1 ib/8 *Hypochoeris radicata 2652 *Rumex acetosella 0595 Carex breviculmis 3341 Poa fawcettiae 1 + + + 1+ 1 1++ 1 1+11 1 + 12 1 + 1 1 1+11 1 111 +1 11+11+ 1+ 1111 1 1211 111 212+133321212 1 + ++ 1 11+11 2 1 2 2+++1 1 1+11+ +++11+11 2 111 1+++ 1 14 f 2+ +++ +1111 + 1 11+11 +1111+1 ++ ++ + 1 + +1 12+1111+11 1 1+211 mil + 1+4 1 + 1+1 1 2 0951 Deyeuxia monticoia 0104 Aciphylla glacialis 0450 Brachyoome rigidula 0810 Crassula sieberiana 3089 Trisetum spicatum + + 3 + + 1 + 1 1 1 2 + 2 + + + + 11 +1 + 1+ 1 ++++ +11 1 + — 71 r + 2758 Scleranthus biflorus 1 754 Leptorhynchos squamatus 1381 Grevillea australis 3345 Poa hothamensis 0686 *Cerastiun glcmeratum 091 0 Canthcffiia pilosa 0731 *Chrysanthemum iGucanthanum 1851 Lonandra micrantha 1 543 Hovea longifolia + + 4 1 + + 1 + + + 3 1 2 1 + 1 22 1 2 + 1 1 1 +1 4 121 22211 21214 + TlT^ 22 1 22 2 2 1 2+2 2 +1 +++ 21 1 + rr +3 4 w + 2 11 +111 +2 1 +11 1 + + 11 2 + +1 + 2 ++ + 1 ++ ++ 1 959 Micrantheum hexandrum 3351 Poa phillipsiana 2936 Stipa nivicola 3409 Brachyccxne spathulata 1 + 1 1 + + 2 2 2 + 1 2 ++ 1 n +11 ++ 52224 1+1 + +22 1+221 ++1 + 0^65 Asperula gunnii 0656 Celmisia asteliifolia 3280 Gonocarpus nortanus 3343 Poa hiemata 2948 Stylidium graminifolium 2130 Orecmyrrhis eriopoda 0685 *Cerastium fontanum 1 551 Hydrocotyle algida 1 473 Helichrysum secundif lorum 2561 Pultenaea muelleri 27G5 Sanscxo gunnii 31 57 Viola hederacea 2132 Orites lancifolia 2267 Pimelea alpina 3556 Craspedia sp. 'D' 2073 Olearia algida 1 875 Lycopodium fastigiatum + + + + 21 + + 1 + 22 + 1 1 + 2 1 + ++ + 2 111 + ++++ 121 1 11 + + +1 + 1 + 4 2 1 11 1 + II + + 134 + 2 1 1 + + 1++ 1 1 1 ++ 1 + 1 1 1 + 312 +111 11 + +4 h +4 ++ ++1 ++1 +1 +1+3111 + + ++1+ 1+4 1 112 1 21 + + i++nn+ii 11+11+ 1+ 1++ +++11 + + 12+11 ++1121 1 1 + 11+ 1 + 22 +341+2 2+ +1+++ + ++++ 1 ++111 11 1 +1 + 1 12 + +1 11 +++ + +1+ 22+2 1+1+11 ++ 1+11+ +111 + ++ +4 1+2+1 ++1 + ++++1 ++++ +++ 1 + 3+1 + ++++ f++++ + + b+11 + ► 1 + ++1 + 6797 Cotula filicula 2338 I'odolepis robusta 1464 HelichiYsum hookeri 3816 Prasophyllum spp. 0906 Danthcxiia nudiflora 2699 Scaevola hookeri 2586 Ranunculus collinus + 1 + + + ++ 4 + + 1 1 1 +1 + 1 ++ 1 1 21 + + 112 f++ i-++++ 3211 ++11 274 Table 2. Two-way table of Communities 6-8 and Sub-communities 4.2 and 4.3. SUB-COMMUNITY 6.1 4.2 6.2 6.3 "''---^^ADRATS SPECIES^''''----^ 11111111111111111111111111111111 3333333333333333333333333333333: 1111111111111111111111 0001 1 1 001 0 63367646569555695473454480652641 2943301 1 95665461 1 4273701 2380302^ 11111111111 33333333333 01 01 1 1 1 001 : 2186344382( 15678094749 1111111 3333333 ooooooo 1101620 331 9809 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 01 00000000001 1 1 1 001 00001 00000001 01 00000001 3238775731 621 291 1 1 94750079943561 7603495586 126967733227172606942485057793904978646109 1 484 Helipterum anthemoides 0894 Danthonia alpicola 0481 Bulbine bulbosa 1 483 Helipterum albicans 3560 Craspedia sp. 'G' 3307 Luzula novae-cambriae 1 358 Goodenia hederacea 21122 1 4 11 +1 1+1+11 + 1 +++ 11111 11 1 11++121112 1++ 1+ 1 1+1 ++ + 11++ 11 1 1 11 2 11 + 1+ + 1 + + 11 1 11 1 ++ + * 111+ ++ 221 12 2 + 11 1 1 1 111+ 11 1 + 11 + 1 1 2 2948 Stylidium graminifolium 0339 Baeckea ramosissima 111 1 1 11+ + 11+1 11 +11 +1 112: 2 122 nil 1 +421 1 1 1 1 + 1 111 1121 1 1 +11 3089 Trisetum spicatum 0656 Celmisia asteliifolia 1801 Leucopogon suaveolens 2913 Stellaria pungens 1578 *Hypochoeris radicata 3341 Poa fawcettiae 1543 Hovea longifolia 1 964 Microseris scapiqera + 1111 1+++1 1+ ++11 1 112 22112 + 11++ ++ 11++ 1+1 111 11+1 11 11+1++ 1 + 111111111111111211 11 1 1 + +1+1+ + 1 + +++1 1 + 12 + 221112232321 2 +12211+2343113: 111 31 3 342235 412+212221 11 11111+11+1111111111 1+11+ 11 +1 ++ +11+ ++ f + + ++1 + f 1 h++ 1 2+112221221 21 +12 +2 1 111++++11 1++++1 11 + 111+1 f11++ 1 322 132 2122212 111111+ 1 +++++11+ 1+ 1 +1 +++ 1+ 1 + +1++1 1 + 1 + +1 ++1 +++ 1 11111+11111 1 +1++1+ +1 1 1111 +1 1+ +11++ 111 1 +4+1+ 1 +1 + 1++1 +1+2+ + 1122322+22212+ 2 4 31222112 322 2+32123323 12222221111 131222 2132+ 1+11121223+2331 + 1+111+111 1++11+ 1 11+1111 ++ +11 2652 *Rumex acetosella 0595 Carex breviculmis 0265 Asperula gunnii 1754 Leptorhynchos squamatus + + +1 + 1++11 +++1 11+1+ 1 11111+ 1111111111 +11+11111 11 1+1 111 2 11 1112 1++11 + 121122 22 2 1 + 1 2 + 1 ++ 111+1111111 ++1 111++1 1 11 11 ++ + 1 1111111 ++++1 + +1+1221 1 ++ ++1 nil 122 +1 1 + +1 ++ +1 +1 +11+11111+11+ 11112+111111+11+1+1 +1111+11 1111+11 1 11+111 + 1+11 11 11111 + 1 ++ 1 +ni 2 2211111122+ 211211222112121 2 1+11+22 2/58 Scleranthus bitiorus 3155 Viola betonicifolia 1381 Grevillea australis 2267 Pimelea alpina 3337 Poa costiniana 2590 Ranunculus graniticola 3558 Craspedia sp. 2130 Orecmyrrhis eriopcda 3303 Luzula iiodesta 1 1+ + ++ + + +1 1+ 11 + +1 + + 2 11 3 33+ +2 1 2 1 + 11 1 1+1 +1 22 + 1 + + + 2 1 1 + + 1 11 + +1 1 + 2 2 212 1 1 ++++ + + 1 +++1+ 1 1 1 + 1 1 2 2 1 +111 1+ 1++ ++ +11++1++++11 +111+++++++ +1 ++++ 1 +++1+ ++ + +1++1+ ++ + 1+1 +11+ ++1 122 113321 211 1+ 223 2 1 1 + 11 + 11+1 1 +1 nil 11 111 1 2+ 21 3 113+ 3 24 +2 + 13 + ++ +1111 +++ni+ii+ii++ni++ni 1 ++ 1+1 + 1 1++ 121 1+++ 1 2++11 + + f ++++++ ++ 11+ + +1 +++ + + + +++ 1 + 1 11+ 1 1 1 + 2936 Stipa nivicola 3409 Brachyccme spathulata 3596 Erigeron sp.C 2338 Pcdolepis robusta 1 1+ 2 1 1+1+ 11 1 1 +1++ ++++ 1+ 1 + +++1++1 + 1 1 + 1+1 +1+11+ K 2 12222 3 11 2 +1 2 123 ^++ 1 ++ + 1 11 + + + + h 1 + + + +1 + 1 +11 1 + + 1 + 2+ 2 + 1 3351 Poa p^^illipsiana 091 0 Danthonia pilosa 0148 Aiuqa australis + 1 + 1 + + 1 + +1+++ + 2 + 1+ 11 + + + 1 0906 Danthonia nudiflora 3559 Craspedia sp. ’F' 2591 Ranunculus gunnianus 0136 Agrostis hiemalis 1 070 Epacris brevif lora 0559 Elnpodisma minus + 1 + +11 1 + 1 1 1 +1 + + ++ 1 ++ +++1 + + + 1 + + ++ +1 1+11 +11 +11+1 1 1 + + 1 + + 1 + + 2 3 2 1 2 0793 Cotula alpina 0431 Brachycone decipiens 0606 Carex gaudichaudiana 1435 Gonocarpus micranthus 0452 Brachycone scapigera 1 + + + + + +++ 1 1 ++ 11+ 1 + 1++ ++ +1 + 1 +1 11 11 ++1++ 1+ 11 + + + 1+1 + +1 + + 1 1083 Epilobiun billardieranum 0686 *Cerastium gloneratum 1573 Hypericun japcxiicum 0965 Dichondra repens 2974 *Taraxacun officinale 3343 Poa hiemata 1 + + + 1+1+11 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 1 + + + + 1 11+ + 1 + 0283 Asterolasia tryrralioides 1076 Epacris petrop^ila 3556 Craspedia sp. 'D' 1 464 Helichrysum hookeri + 3 211 2 + + + f 1+ +2 1 +2 3 3.533454.3232 i ± + 1 1 1415 Hakea microcarpa 1 800 Leucopogon stuartii 2337 Pcdolepis jaceoides 041 3 Bossiaea foliosa 1 851 Imandra micrantha 1 1 1 1 31 2 11 2 1 222++1 2 1+++1 1 +11 11+ 1221++ 1 1111 + +1 1 + +1 1 2+ +1 1 +1 + + + + 1 -t-1 6.4 7.1 7.2 7.3 8.1 4.3 minmmiinmminimiiiiinnmi 388 888888888880888888088999999 99999999999 J D 01 01 0000000010001000100000000000000000000 991 70891 2561 701 861 989077001001 445661 623235 323131 479631 383805855709472251 2451 68473992 1111111111111111111111111111 3333333333333333333333333333 11 1 1 00001 00000001 0000000001 0 2304727303951 8631 289999001 1 9 506796858022751 23980896531 73 11111111 33333333 11111111 3112022 C 18989917 11111111111111111111 88808888888899988088 OOOO 00000000 000 ooooo 4334221333242543242 ' 9691169034428291800 ( 11111111 8888888 ( OOOOOOOO 35520001 89138919 11111111 56666666 3000000 ( 33212033 I 770074 C 1111 3333 3001 8464 3868 1 ♦ + 1 + 1 1 1 1 + 1 1 11 + + +1 + 1 + + + +1 1 + 1 + 11 + 1 1 + + 1 111 1 +1 1 1 + ++ + 11 11 ++ + 1 + 1+11 11 1111 11 1 4 . 1 +++ + + ++ +1 1 1 2 + 3 42 33 1 111 + 2211+3 1 11 + l ++ 2 + ni +1132 1 + n + +1 11 + 11 + 111 + + + + n +++ + + +1 ++ + 1++111 1 + +11 1111 11 + + + 11+1 +1 + + 2 2322 + 333321 +33 2212 1 +22222211 2+3 3+1 1+1 1 111++1 + + ++ 1+1 1 + 1 + 1 + + i : 1 11 1 + +++ 1 + + + 1 1 + 11 ++++1 + + +++ 1 1 + + 1 111 + + + 11 111 +11 + 2 + + 1 + 1+1 2 ♦ ++ 1 11 + 11+++1 + + ++++11 1 1 1111111111111111 + 11111+11111 1111111 + 1+11 1 + 1 +^.111 + ni u 1 1 1+1 121111 111 + 111 + 1112+1111111 1 11+1111 1111 + 11 ++ 1 + ++ + + 111111111111 + 1++1111 + 111 + 111 + 1121111111 + 1111111++1 1 11122211+1112 12 + 1 + 1 111 1+1 11 1111 1 ++ 1111 1+1 1 1 ++ ■'++++1 1 + 11 + + 1 +++ 11 +111 1+1 111 11 1+1 1 11 +++1 11+11111 1 + 1 + + 1 ++ + 1 U ++1 1 u + 11 11 + 1 U 1 U 111 + +++ + 1 1 + 1 u + + + 1112 1 2 1 1 + 1 + +1 + + 1 11 + 1 + 1331 1 2 1 + ++ 11 11 1++11 11111+1 11 11 111 211 + 1+111 11 1111 1 + 1+11 1 1 + + +++ 1 + 111 11 ++ ++ ++ 11 + +1 ♦ +++++ + 11 ++ 1 + 1 1 + nn ++++ ii ++ + + ++ + 1 +++ 11 +++ 1 + 1 + +111 ++++ 1 + 212 1 1 + 11+1 1+1 ++ + 323 1 + 32 + 1 11 51 32 + 1 + 11+111111 + 11 + +++1111111 1 1 1 + + +++ 1 ++1 1+1 + +1111 + 11111 + 1+1 111 ++1 111+1 1 2 3 + 13 1+1 +111 1 1 + 11 + “■ +■ 1 +■ + Tm 5 + 1 + + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + + 1 + + 2 22 j 31 33 11 1 + + + + 4 1 + +++ ++ 11+1 +111 ++ 11 + 11111 + 1 1 + + 11 + 12+23121 1111+11 f 1 + + f + 11 + 2 1 221 3323 2 1 1+221 25 11 + ++1 11+1 1 + +++ 1 +1 +1 1 + 1 + 1 + +1 1111 1 11 1+1 + 22 + + 11 2 21 1 11 1 1 + 1 + 1 11 ++++2 1 — 2777 m 213 43 + 33 2 3323 121 12 Tl 11111 ++ 1 + + 1 +++ 1 + 11 nil 11+111111 ^+1 1 ++1 +1 +1 ++ 1 1 +++ ++ 1 + 11 1 ++ +1 + ++ + + +1 +11 ■ 2 — ++1 + + ++ 11 1 1 +++ +1 +1 +++ + 1 f 221 1 1 ++ 1 +++ ++ +11 +1 1 + + 1 + 11 + 1 + + + 1+11 112 + +1 + + 1 + + + +11 121 11 1 1 + 14+2113132333 1 1 1+1 ++ 1 ++ 1 + 11 ++ + 1+1 + + 23 + 122 221 + ++ 1 1 ;" T ‘ 1 + + 1+++212 2 1 + 1 +11 1 + + 1 1 ++ + 1 + 1 11 11+1 11 + + 1 + 1 21 + 11 ++ + 111111+1 +11 + 11 + 111++1 + 1++11 +1 + + + + 1 + + + 1 1++11111 1 ++ + +1 + + 1 1 1 1 + 1 ++ 1 1+1 21 1 + 1 + + 1 + ++21 1+1 +111 111 +111 h 112111 + 1+++11 + + 12 + 1 1 1 + +1211 + 1 + 1 + + 1 ++ + + + 1 +11 + + 11111 21+1 1 + + 1 + 11 + + 12 ++ 1 + + 1111 + 1 + 11 ++ 1 111211111111112 111122111111 1 +1 1 + 1 1 + ++ 1 + + ++ ++ + + + 11 1 12 1 2 2 : 1 + +++ ++ + 111 + +11 11 + 1 + 11 + + + + 112 1 + + + 1 ++ 111 + 3 311 21 1 + 1 U ++ 1 +++ + 1 + n 1 + +11 + 1 ++ ++ 111 + + 1++1 ++++ ++ +111 1 112 + 1 11++11 ++11 1 11 + 1111 + 1 1 +1 1++1 11 + +11 1 332222333214221213131+33 1 1 12121221 1 1 + 11 11 + + + 1+1 + 1 + 1111212 + 1231212 + 11++111 131 2 2 ++ ++ + + _2 ! L _! 2 J 55 ? 1 1 1 11 1 + +1 2 1 1 1 1 + 11 276 Table 3. Two-way table of Communities 9 and 10. SUB-COMMUNITY 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 ^--^-.^WADRATS SPECIES^'^^^ 111111111111 666666666666 000000000000 1401601 40112 975494388715 11111111111111111111111111 566666666666666666666666666 300000000000000000000000000 755720373650874568767871 255 2585866381 331 864701 56205423 111111111111 6666668888666 D000001111000 512603222247= 0813121245479 11111111111111111111 33333333333333333999 01001001000000011000 50551423000357638404 64502952624791316590 2796 Senecio pectinatus 1503 Herpolirion novaezelandiae 2267 Pimelea alpina 1076 Epacris petrophila 3325 Plantago alpestris 3343 Poa hiemata +++++ ++ + +4"f1 +1 +1 4 11111+1++ 4 + 1+11 2211 +1 + 1+ +1+1 2+22211+1 12 + ++ + + + 1 + + 4 + + + + + 1 + + 1 + + 1 + + 1 1 1 + + + 1 + 1 + + 1 + 4 1 225 Euphrasia gibbsiae 1875 LycxDpodium fastlgiatum 3556 Craspedia sp. 'D' 0620 Carpha nivicola 1301 Gentianella diemensis 2073 Olearia algida 0278 Astelia alpina 301 5 Thelymitra venosa 2730 Isolepis aucklandica 0531 Callisteran sieberi 2048 Nertera depressa 2948 Stylidium graminifolium + +1 + 111+ ++1+ + +1 + 11111+1++ + + + + + ++ +11+11++1 +11+111+++1 1+++111+11 + + + + 1 + + 1 + 1+11+ 11++ 1 + + + + 1+ + +1 11 + + 1 1 + + + ++ +1 + + + 1 1 + ++ ++1+++ 1 + +12 1++1 +11 11 1 + +11++11+111+++ 1+1 111+++1 k 11++ +1++1+1++1 ++1+ 1+111 21 +1 1 ++1 1 1 1 1 +1 +++1 +1 2+1 1 +1 1 +1 +++ 1 1 ++ ++ 11+++1 ++ f + +1 1 11+1 1++ +1 +2++ +++1 1 1 ++1 4 1+1++1 ++ 1+ ++ +1 + 1 +1+ + ++ 4 111 4 11 +1 + +++ + +4 211 1 1++1++ +++ 1++ 11 4 1211111122 ++11+ ++ + +++1 +1 1 1 1+1+1 11 + + 1 1 + +1 1 + 1+12 321 + + 1 21 111 1 1 + + 1 ++1 1++ + 1 1 2+231 +11 1 11121+ + + +2+ 2633 Richea continentis 3882 Sphagnum spp. 0337 Baeckea gunniana 1075 Epacris paludosa 2125 Oreobolus distichus 0265 Asperula gunnii 0559 Empodisma minus +12212321212 +1 + 11++111 2121++1 +1 1 ++11 1111 11+ +++++1 5 24323442 +1 2+Ti 11++2+ ++1+++2411 2 1 + 5 2111221342+2 111+1++1211 11++ 1+1 1 22312+ 2322++112++++1112122 +++1+1 11+ 1++ +1+ 1 + +++11 1 1++ ++ 2222344421 21 22221 1 1 1 1 21 21 2: 132+2121122 4 2112121 512i: +1 + 22222223132+ 1 + 2 ++++ +1 21 + 2223 +1 11 21131522 : 25313251332555+ 2414 11213+2124 +112131 + 122131+22 1121 1122 3 ++1 11 1 11 1 1 +1 ++1 ++1+ +11 22133321222233313232 1435 Gonocarpus micranthus 3337 Poa costiniana 0606 Carex gaudichaudiana 2621 Restio australis 1073 Epacris microphylla 0569 Caltha introloba ++ +++ + + + + + 1+1 1 + ++ + 1 2+ 2 1 + 12 +1 +1 + 4 11 2 2 1+ + 1 + + + + + 1 + f 1 + + + f ++++ +1 1 1 2 1 ++ 1 1 1112+ 1111+ 1121111 1 1 21 11 + 1 +1 2 3 1 1 0097 Acaena anserinifolia 1070 Epacris breviflora 3303 Luzula modesta 0591 Carex appressa 1551 Hydrocotyle algida 1 085 Epilobium gunnianum 1573 Hypjericum japonicum 0452 Brachycome scapigera 0793 Cotula alpina 2129 Orectnyrrhis ciliata 3066 *Trifolium repens 2602 Ranunculus pimpinellifolius 1 61 8 Juncus falcatus 3171 Wahlenbergia ceracea + 1 + + + ++ 11 1 +1 1 +11 +1 + + 1 ++ 1+ 1 + + + 1 + + + 1 ++1 1 1 1 ++ 11 1+22 1+ ++ 111 + + 11 1 ++2 +1 1 2 ++ ++ + 11 12+1 12 11 + 1 + +1++1 + + 1 1+ 1+1 +11 + 1 1+ 1 + + 1 1 +1 + +1+ + + +1+11 f + 1 1 11 112+ 1 ++ + 1+ + 2652 *Rumex acetosella 0442 Brachycccne nivalis 1 003 Diuris pedunculata 2758 Scleranthus biflorus 1083 Epilobium billardieranum 0685 *Cerastium fontanum 1381 Grevillea australis 2590 Ranunculus graniticola 0611 Carex jackiana + 21 + +1 + ++ 1 + + + 1 f + 1 + + 2+ + 22 + ++ + +1 3383 Isolepis subtilissima 1 754 Leptorhynchos squamatus 2974 *Taraxacum officinale 3143 Veronica serpyllifolia 3328 Plantago eur^^ylla 0144 Agrostis venusta 0797 Cotula filicula + + + + + + 1 + + ++1 1 + + + + + 1 + + + 1 241 Festuca hookeriana 3119 Velleia montana 2711 Schoenus apogon 1 585 Hypoxis hygronietrica 0945 Deyeuxia crassiuscula 1415 Hakea microcarpa 2586 Ranunculus collinus + + 1 1+ 1 + + +11 11 + + + 11 1 + 0392 Blechnum pennamarina 3336 Poa clivicola +++ + ++++ 11+++1+++ + 1 + + ++ 12 277 n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ” 1 ” ip 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' '[> 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i[i 1 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3399999999999999999999999999999 500000000000000000000000000000 53530546641 1 2321 1 3233435551 565 50641 1 823643685657361 353047809 3888888888688888888888838999^33333333 38888888888888p333 3000000000000011111 0p525132544111422397 1 01 001 001 001 0001 0001 001 OOOi 170781 770951 96906880861 300401 36 923 97 51 1 76 78 609 2 6 2 9240661 30fl 9.5 CDOOOOOOOl 98224126' 1 2825472fe8736754572803fe0331 9.6 10.1 10.2 10.3 f-t-mi 11 1 11111 +1 + +111+1 111 1+11 111+1 1 1 +1 1 22222222 11 ^+ 1 +11 11 2 +21 +1 1 1 1 1 1 +■♦1 TiTi 22 2+1 12 34 45 422 1+14 3 1 435M 22 +11111+2121121213223 32 + n + 2213 212 1 122211 + 112 21 +222131332 21 1 +++ 111 + 11 + +1 f111+1+1+ 11 mill 111U1 11+ +111 43323423231 432 333221322323^ 32233+1 22 +11 1 21211111 1 +1 1 ++++ + + 1 1 1 1 + 111 1 11 111111 11 11 ^1112 11111 + 111121+11 1 + 222 Mil 1 221 + 1+1 111+ +1 + 11+ +1 1 + + 1 33 3 42 ^+22 +23 11222lh + 21 121 1 1 ++ 111 +11++121+111 +1 111+21222lk 1+1 1[1 2 2 +221 22 2 _L +1+1121+11 1121 1++ +21+1 2 ifm2iiiiiiniifi 11 +111 1 + mil 1+2 45 4 1 +j21 2+1311 2 12 12 +11+1 11 11 121 + 1 ++21111111111 1 111211 22222211 3321 3222++2 +2 21 221 1111++1 1+12+ Tl + 1+++1 + 121 1 11+ 2 11 11223 2 1211 1+ 11+211+ 1 11 1 2+12111+131+ 11 11 1++2in2111 113 1 11+ 1+ 12+1 +31+122341 1 ++ 1 + 11 1 ++++ ++ ++ 11 + 111 -4++mimii 1 1 +111+1111 +1 1 1++++++ 111++1 +1+1111 +1+ im[f + + + 11 mi++mi +1+111111+11 inh ►1 1+ 1++ +1 + ? +1+211111 22111 ip mil 1111 + 1 ++ 1 21 11 2 + 121++1+11 1+1132 1 + 11U++ u 11 1 + 1111 111+1112111+ 1111 1 + ) 1111 1+121 11++1 1+1 + 1 11121 +112tl 11 1 + 1 1 + 1+112+ ipi 11 + 1 ++11 1 1 1++++11 1 + 1+++11 11 11111 11 + 1 + 1+11 + 12121++ +1 1 + 1+11 1 + 1 + 1+1 + 111 1 +2 1 + 1 + 1111 ; 1 11 122 + 1 11 +1 21 1 111 11 +11 11 1 + 1+112 + +11 11 1111 1 ++1 1 + 1 11 1 1 + ++1 ++++ + +1 1 mil 111 + ++ ++ 1+h ++1 + + +1++ 11 1 1 11 K+ 1+1+ 1 +1 + 1 + + + + + 11 +121 1+1 11+1 +++ 11 + 1++ +111 +11 + 1 +1 + 111 1 + 11211 +1 211 ++ 1 ++ ++ 1 1 111 + 11+1 111 + 1111 11 + 11++1122 +11 1 + 11 1 + 1 +++ 1111+111 + + 1+1 +11 1 1 11 + +1 1 1 Ht+1 11 + 1 +22 +1 11+111 1+ +1 + +++ + 1 + + 11 ]± 1 278 PCC0C3UIHJB HEA3HIAND : SUB-OOMMUTY AH’ 1.1 CHARACTER SPECIES Podocarpus lawrencei I^snannia xerofiiila %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ 100 4 Olearia phlogc^ppa 64 73 1 Polysticdium proliferum 64 C/A 1 1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FRBQ C/A NO. CF SITES: DISTRIBUTICN: 11 STRUCTURE: Lew closed-heathland Scattered an hii^er peaks of the Study Area. E^RONJ®^: Restricted to well-drained rocky sites and boulder scree slopes. Most cormon on igneous substrates (e.g. Mt, Buffalo and The Cobberas) tut setDetimes occurring on sedimentary rock (e.g. the Snowy Range area). ALTITUDE: Mean = 1606m, Highest = 1740m, Lowest = 1400m MEAN FLORISTIC RICHNESS: 1 3 species per site MEAN WEED CXX-IPOSITTCN: 3% of species, 1% of cover _ Sub-cemunity ALP 1.1 is doninated by the shrub Podocarcus lawrencei . This fire-sensitive plant is one ot only two ^mfisrous genera which are rative to Victoria. Although seldcm reaching heights in excess of 2 netres, It several hundred years, with a grewth rate of as little as .25rm in trunk diameter per year (Costin et al. L frequently oontinuous. Light availability for other plants is there- fore low. This is reflected in the lew species diversity in this sub-cemunity. CHARACTER SPECIES Oxylobium alpestre Olearia phlogopappa %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES 83 2 Tasrnainnia xerophila 83 1 Stellaria pungens %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES 67 1 Rumex acetosella 67 1 %FREQ C/A 67 1 NO. OF SITES: 6 STRUCTURE: Low shrubland DISTRIBUTION: Upper slopes of sane of the higher peaks in the Study Area, including Mt. togdala, Mt. Buller and Mt. Stirling. ENVIRCWIEOT: ALTITUDE: Steep slopes with rocky soil, generally of eastern aspect. Mean - 1640m, Highest = 1760m, Lowest = 1460m MEAN FIORISTIC RICHNESS: 17 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITION: 9% of species, 6% of cover NOTES: A floristically poor sub-caimunity, with little ground cover. Its species cemposition is similar to the understorey of sane of the Snow Gum Vibcdlands found at lower altitudes (see Gullan and Norris 1981; Gullan et al. 1981). Sub-coimunity ALP 2.1 is possibly a variatioi of sub-corenunity ALP 1.1, caused by a disturbance such as fire. This is suggested by the absence of the fire-sensitive shrub Podocarpus lawrencei , and increased cover of Oxylcbiiin alpestre, a shrub v^ch grows well after fire. The weeds Hvpochoeris radicata and Rumex acetosella are also more frequent in this sub-community, suggesting intrusioi after fire or colonization of exposed substrate as cxi the scarp- fronts of the Mt. Howitt and The Bluff ridge. 279 LOW ALPINE SHRUBIAND : SUB-CCmJNITY AU> 2.2 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Carex breviculmis 83 1 Prostanthera cuneata 67 2 Poa fawcettiae 67 1 Oxylobium alpestre 67 2 Gonocarpus montanus 67 NO. CF SITES: 6 STRUCTURE; Low shrubland DISTRIBUTICN; Ttie Bluff, Mt. McDcxiald, The Viking, The Razor, Mt. Speculation and Mt. Stirling. E^A^;RON^‘EOT; Shallow, rocky soil of exposed ridges and slopes, usually of southern aspect and moderate slope. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1595m, Highest = 1720m, Lowest = 1530m MEATJ nXKISTIC RICHNESS: 15 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITICX^: 1 % of species, 1 % of cover A shrubland sub-conmunity containing two variations. The first, dcminated by Prostanthera cuneata . Oxylobium alpestre and Pimelea axif lora . occurs in damper or more sheltered sites than those of the second variant, dcminated by Acacia alpina , Grevillea australis. Baeckea ranosissima and Phebalium scfuamulosim . This sub-ccmmunity is not ccmmon in the Study Area, and more closely resembles the understorey of Snow Gum V*oodlands (Gullan et al. 1981 SPARSE ROCKY ALPINE HEAIHLAND : SUB-CDM4JNITY ALP 3.1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES Poa fawcettiae 100 2 ♦Hypochoeris radicata 62 1 Danthcflia alpicola Helipterum albicans 77 1 Luzula novae-cambriae 62 1 Oxylobium alpestre Bulbine bulbosa 69 1 Carex breviculmis 62 1 Microseris scapigera 62 1 Stellaria pungens 62 1 NO. CF SITES: 13 STRUCTURE: Low cpen-heathland DISTRIBUTICN: Rocky peaks of the Hcwgua, Jamiescxi, Delatite and Macalister River catchments. ENVIRONMENT: Rocky gullies, shale and scree slopes, and cn isolated rock outcrops. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1571m, Highest = 1805m, Lcwest = 1400m %FREQ C/A 54 + 54 1 MEAN FI£RISTIC RICHNESS: 17 species per site MEAN WEED CDMPOSITICW: 6% of Species, 6% of cover sparse, ledge-herbfield vegetation is structurally distinct from any other in the Study Area. It b^rs floristic affinities nearest to the dry shrubland of canmunity 2, but the several shrub species characteristic of that oonmunity are lacking, vMlst several specialist crag and ledge species occur cotmonly in ALP 3.1, (e.g. Luzula novae-cambriae , Heliptenm albicans . Bulbine bulbosa and Danthcxiia alpicola ). 280 SPARSE ROCKY AU>INE HEOHIAND : SUB-OOtCNTTY ALP 3.2 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FRB3 C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FRB2 C/A Carex breviculmis 100 1 Heliptenin albicans 80 1 Brachyceme rigidula 60 1 Grevillea australis 100 1 *Hypochoeris radicata 80 + Leptorhynchos squamatus 60 1 Poa hothamensis 100 1 Leucopogon suaveolens 80 1 Microseris scapigera 60 1 Celmisia asteliifolia 80 1 Luzula novae-cambriae 80 1 Oxylobiim alpestre 60 1 Stellaria pungens 80 1 Acif^ylla glacialis 60 + Scleranthus biflorus 60 + Crassula sieberiana 80 1 Asperula gunnii 60 1 Trisetum spicatum 60 1 NO. CF SITES: 5 STRUCTURE: Lew cpen-heathland DISTRIBUTIQ'l: Restricted to the vicinity of The Twins and Mt. Blue Rag. ENYIRONMEOT: Shaley , often steep slopes with very little soil development. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1628m, Highest = 1680m, lowest = 1580m MEAN FLORISTIC RICHNESS: 22 species per site MEAN VEED CDMPOSITIC*^: 4% of species, 3% of cover NOTES. Many of the character species of ALP 3.2 are lithcphilic herbs (e.g. Brachycome rigidula , Cra<=;e;nla sieberiana , Helipteruin albicans and Luzula novae-cambriae ) which occur predominantly cxi shale or in rock crevices. Shrubs such as Grevillea australis and Leucopogon suaveolens are occasional intervening ledges along with PQQ hothamensis (Ledge Grass), a species whicii is unccrmon in alpine grassland or wet shrubland. SPARSE ROCKY ALPINE HEAOHLAND : SUB-COMMUNITY All* 3.3 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ Carex breviculmis 89 ♦Hypochoeris radicata 67 *Rimex acetosella sp. agg. 67 C/A CHARACTER SPECIES 1 Bossiaea foliosa 1 *Cerasti\jn glcmeratum 1 Grevillea australis %FRBi C/A CHARACTER SPECIES 67 1 Stellaria pungens 56 + Poa phillipsiana 56 2 NO. CF SITES: 9 STOUCrnjRE: Low open-heathland DISIRIBUTICN: Occasional on the IDargo High Plains, Mt. Buffalo and The Cci±»eras. EHVIRCWMENT: Well-drained sites; dry or rocky slopes or granitic peaks. ALTITOEE; Mean = 1594n, Highest = 1800m, Lowest = 1450m %FREQ C/A 56 1 56 1 MEAN FL/3RISTIC RICHNESS: 20 species per site MEAN VffiED O^IPOSITICN: 2% of species, 1% of cover NOTES: ALP 3.3 is represented lay sites sharing shrubland or herbland species, but the histories of seme of these sites indicate that they may have supported different vegetation types in the recent past. Some sites are pres- ently being grazed, or are being maintained as ski slopes. The areas in these situaticxis have a high incidence of introduced species (e.g. Rumex acetosella , Hvpochoeris radicata . Trifoliun repens and Cerastium glcmeratum ) , and several resilient native species. Natural open- shrubland occurs c« the rocJcy sumits and slopes of The Cefcberas where other low shrubs thebaliim phy i licifolium and Bossiaea foliosa occur. Sub-oarmunity ALP 3.3 is therefore flor- istically cohesive, but not necessarily representative of a particular environment. 281 SPARSE ROCKY ALPINE HHMHUWD : SUB-OIMJNITY AU> 3.4 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Lcmandra micrantha 100 1 ♦Hypcxhoeris radicata 75 1 Grevillea australis 75 2 Microseris scapigera 100 1 Pea hienata 75 2 Hovea longifolia 75 1 Orecmyrrhis erioptDda 100 1 Carex brevicultnis 75 1 Pratia pedunculata 75 + ♦Rurnex acetosella sp. agg. 100 + ♦Chrysanthamm leucanthemum 75 1 Poa fawcettiae 75 1 Stellaria pungens 100 + Cotula filicula 75 + NO. OF SITES; DISTRIBUriCW: EMVIRON>ENT: bedrock. 4 STRUCTURE: Low open-heathland Restricted to the sunmit of Mt. Skene. Exposed slopes of gentle gradient. Soils are quite deep and water-retentive, and overlay sedimentary ALTITUDE: Mean = 1545m, Highest = 1560m, Lowest = 1520m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS; 18 species per site r-IEAN WEED CDMPOSITIW: 13% of species, 10% of cover NOTES: Lomandra micrantha var sororia is confined to this sub-ccnmunity cxi Mt. Skene and only a few isolated peaks in eastern Victoria, inclLriing areas of the Snowy Range and Mt. Wellington. The treeless areas of vegetation cxi Mt. Skene consist of narrow clearings within the Snow Gum Woodland and are probably the result of wird exposure rather than a response to true alpine conditicxis on the peak. CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FR£0 C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Kunzea ericifolia 100 3 Micrantheum hexandrum 80 1 Brachyceme spathulata 80 + Carex breviculmis 100 1 Hovea longifolia 80 1 Stipe nivicola 100 1 Poa phillipsiana 80 1 NO. CF SITES: 5 STRUCTURE; Low closed-heathland DISTRIBLfTION: Frequent within treeless areas of the Buffalo Plateau. ENVIRONMENT: Granitic rises within the depressions of the plateau. Soils are very shallow and coarse. Large granite tors are conmon nearby. ALTITUDE; Mean = 1420m, Highest = 1560n, Lowest = 1380m MEAN FLCKISTIC RICHNESS; 15 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITICN: 2% of species, 1% of cover NCTTES: This Kunzea ericifolia doninated low- heathland is structurally and floristically similar to Unit 4 of McDougall (1902) and sub-ccrinunities ALP 4,2 and ALP 4,3 but differs in the presence of Micrantheum hexandrym, ^j-F^yll^ simplicifolia and Ida Phillips iana as character species. These species are unccnmcn elsewhere within the Stu^ Area, tut occur occasionally in rocky situations. Their frequency on the Buffalo Plateau is indicative of the extent and unifcormity of this granite nessif. 282 Kunzea ericifolia HEMHIAND ; SUB-OOMUnY AU> 4.2 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FRB3 C/A Kunzea ericifolia 100 3 Microseris scapigera 91 1 Pimelea alpina 55 + Carex breviculmis 100 1 Brachycome spathulata 91 + Celmisia asteliifolia 55 + Poa fawcettiae 100 1 Leucopogon suaveolens 64 + Asperula gunnii 82 1 Hovea longifolia 64 1 NO. OF SITES: 11 STRUCTURE: Closed-heath DISTRIBUTICN: The Snowy Range and Mt. , Wellington areas, with scattered occurrences cxi Square Head Jinny and The Bluff. O'JVIRONMENT: Areas of moderate exposure on mountain peaks , often surrounding small rock outcrops, , and on raised areas within alpine and subalpine plains. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1604rn, Highest = 1740m, Lowest - 1400m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 21 species per site MEAN WEED CDMPOSITICW: 3% of species, 2% of cover NOTES: A lov/ closed-heath sub-conmunity with high densities of the shrub Kunzea ericifolia . v^ich may form extensive even carpets up to 0.3 m high. Sub-conmunity ALP 4.2 is floristically similar to the ericifolia dominated heath of The Bogong High Plains (McDougall 1982) and similarly occurs on shallow soils over rock slabs which occasionally outcrop. CHARACTER SPECIES Kunzea ericifolia Poa fawcettiae %FREQ 100 100 C/A 3 1 CHARACTER SPECIES Celmisia asteliifolia Baeckea ramosissinB %FRE0 C/A CHARACTER SPECIES 75 + 50 1 NO. OF SITES: 4 STRUCTURE: Closed-heath DISTRIBUTICN: Big Plain , Bryce Plain, , Square Head Jinny and The Viking. ENVIRONMENT: Skeletal soils of dry. rocky exposed areas ALTITUDE: Mean = 1530m, Highest = 1660m, Lowest = 1440m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 15 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITION: 2% of species, 2% of cover NOTES: Sub-conmunity ALP 4.3 is a floristically poor variation of sub-comunity ALP 4.2. It is charact^- ieed by a dense, low shrub layer of Kunzea ericifolia and Baeckea ramosissima , and ground cover of Poa fawcettiae and leaf litter. A virtual absence of soil prevents the establishment of deeper rooting shrubs and water -dependant herbs of comunity 6. 283 BAW BAN CRY ALPINE SHRUBLAND : SUB-OCfMLINITY AU> 5.1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Carex breviculmis 92 1 Hydrocotyle algida 92 1 ♦Hypochoeris radicata 92 1 Oreemyrrhis eriopoda 85 1 Stylidium graminifolium 85 1 Pultenaea muelleri 77 2 Senecio gunnii 77 + NO. OF SITES: 13 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Viola hederacea 77 1 Celmisia asteliifolia 77 1 Gcxiocarpus montanus 62 + Olearia phlogopappa 62 1 Aspjerula gunnii 62 + Luzula modesta 62 1 LycopxDdium fastigiatum 62 1 STRUCTURE: Low shrubland CHARACTER SPECIES %FRB2 C/A Poa hieneta 62 1 *Cerastiun fontamm 54 + Helichrysum secundiflorun 54 1 Olearia algida 54 1 Orites lancifolia 54 1 *Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 54 + DISTOIBUTICX'J: Conmon throughout the more northerly peaks of the Baw Baw Plateau (from Mt. Whitelaw to Mt. Eirica). EWIROM-IENT: Dry granitic slopes of northerly aspect, associated with the highest peaks. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1400m, Highest = 1535m, Lowest = 1320m MEAN FLORISTIC RICHNESS: 22 Species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITICM: 12% of species, 10% of cover NOTES: A structurally uniform shrublarel rede up of lew, dense thickets of Pultenaea muelleri interspersed with the taller shrubs Olearia phlogopappa , Helichrysun secundif lorum or Orites lancifolia . Other shrubs are rare arKi the ground layer, although floristically diverse, is generally sparse. The same species occur with in Snew Gum vcodland at lower altitudes or in more sheltered sites. CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FR£0 C/A Asperula gunnii 100 1 Prasophyllum spp. 100 + Pultenaea muelleri 80 1 Carex breviculmis 100 1 *Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 80 + Stylidium graminifolium 80 + Celmisia asteliifolia 100 1 ♦Cerastium fontanum 80 + Asterolasia trymalioides 60 + Danthonia nudiflora 100 2 Luzula modesta 80 1 Craspedia sp. 'D' 60 + ♦Hypochoeris radicata 100 1 Scaevola hookeri 80 1 Helichrysun hookeri 60 + Olearia algida 100 + Senecio gunnii 80 + Leptorhynchos squamatus 60 + Oreemyrrhis eriopoda 100 + Gonocarpus montanus 80 + Prostanthera cuneata 60 1 Pimelea alpina 100 + Hydrocotyle algida 80 + Scleranthus biflorus 60 + Pea hiemata 100 1 Plantago alpestris 80 1 Trochocarpa clarkei 60 1 Viola hederacea 100 + Podolepis r^usta 80 1 NO. CF SITES: 5 STOUCIURE: Low shrubland DISTOIEUTICN: Cotmon throughout the more northerly mountains of the Baw Baw Plateau (from Mt. Whitelaw to Mt. Erica). E^JVIRCM4EOT: Saddles and flatter areas cn northerly faces of the plateau. Surrounding areas usually ccxitain large granite tors. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1436m, Highest = 1490m, Lowest = 1340m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 30 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITICM: 9% of species, 8% of cover NOTES: This sub-aemunity is characterized by a lack of shrubs, vrfiich accounts for the diverse continuous ground layer. Granite outcrc^JS are frequent, and it is cxi the lee side of these that the only shrubs of the sub- canninity occur. 284 AmWE HERTHIAND : SU&-OCmJNriY AIP 6.1 CHARACTER SPECIES Poa fawcettiae Microseris scapigera Carex breviculmis %FREQ C/A OiARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FRB3 C/A 88 2 Stellar ia pungens 72 1 ♦Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 59 + 88 1 Hovea longifolia 69 2 Asperula gunnii 59 1 88 1 Leucopogcxi suaveolens 63 1 NO. CF SITES: 32 STOUCIURE: Lov/ open-heathland DISTOIHJTIOJ: Ccmnon on ridges and slopes of The Viking and in the region of Mt. Speculation, Mt. Howitt and The aWIRONt'lENT: ALTITUDE: Usually areas of sedinentary boulders or shale, or sedimentary substrate with shallow soil. Mean = 1620m, Highest - 1740m, Lowest = 1400m MEAN FTORISTIC RICHNESS: 22 Species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITION: 6% of species, 4% of cover ^'^OTES: Sub-ccmmunity ALP 6.1 shares many species with the previously described ledge-herbfield camunity (ALP 3.1). Reduced exposure and gentler inclines permit the development of richer soils. This embles the establishment of a less patchy vegetation, conprising a perennial shrub layer with Hovea longifolia , Leucopoqon suaveolens and occasionally Grevillea australis , and perennial herbs Celmisia asteliifolia, Stvlidium qraminifoliuii and Goodenia hederacea. CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FRE0 Hakea microcarpa 100 1 Podolepis jaceoides 86 1 Baeckea ramosissima 71 Hovea longifolia 100 1 Viola betcnicifolia 86 + Stylidium graminifolium 71 Leptorhynchos squamatus 100 1 Poa fawcettiae 86 2 Ajuga australis 71 Carex breviculmis 100 1 Asperula gunnii 86 + Leucopogon suaveolens 71 Microseris scapigera 100 1 Bossiaea foliosa 86 1 Lonan^a micrantha 71 ♦Hypochoeris radicata 86 1 Trisetum spicatum Erigercxi sp. ' C ' 86 + Ranunculus graniticola 71 Leucopogon stuartii 86 1 86 1 NO. CF SITES: 7 STRUCTURE: Open-heath DISTRIBUTION: Sampled only in the Bryce Plain region of the Study Area. EWIROMMEOT: Flat or gently sloping raised sites adjacent to creeks or drainage lines. Soils are shallow, derived fron basalt. ALTITUDE: Mean - 1440m, Highest - 1490m, Lowest = 1390m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 33 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITION: 8% of species, 6% of cover NOTES: The occurrence of a shallow soil layer over a largely impervious tesalt substrate pranotes a curious combinaticxi of wet and dry shrubland species in this sub-cainunity. Deep-rooting shrubs such as Epacris microphylla and Hakea microphylla are more ccmrcxi in subalpine wetlands, but in this sub-connunity occiir with species more typical of dry sites (e.g. Leucopoqon stuartii and Baeckea ramosissima ) . 285 ALPINE HEATHLAND : SU&-ODMUNITY ALP 6.3 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACJTER SPECIES %FREQ Carex breviculmis 95 1 Microseris scapigera 69 + Craspedia sp. 'E' 48 Poa fawcettiae 88 2 Leucopogon suaveolens 64 1 (Celmisia asteliifolia 45 Asperula gunnii 86 1 Viola betonicifolia 64 + Grevillea australis 45 Hovea longifolia 86 1 ♦Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 60 1 Poa costiniana 43 Ranunculus graniticola 86 1 Orecmyrrhis eriopoda 55 + Stipa nivicola 40 Leptorhynchos squamatus 79 1 Pimelea alpina 50 1 Scleranthus biflorus 74 + Trisetum spicaturn 48 + NO. CF SITES: 42 STRUCIUE^: Open-heath to grassland DISTOIBOTICX^: Cannon on alpine and sufcalpine plains of the Snowy Range area. EWIRONMEOT: Raised areas of plains, usually with poor drainage, but not permanently wet. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1490m, Highest = 1680m, Lowest = 1220m MEAN FDDRISTIC RICHNESS: 27 species per site t-EAN VEED OOMPOSITICW: 8% of species, 6% of cover NOTES: This is cxie of the most ccmmon types of vegetation in the Snowy Range area. It is floristically AIPINE HEAIHEAND : SUB-OCMMJNITY ALP 6.4 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A C;arex breviculmis 95 1 Hovea longifolia 64 1 Brachycone spathulata 48 1 Leptorhynchos squamatus 81 1 Poa phillipsiana 64 2 Orecmyrrhis eriopoda 48 + Scleranthus biflorus 76 1 Ranunculus graniticola 57 1 Microseris scapigera 45 1 Danthonia pilosa Craspedia sp. 'E' 74 1 ♦Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 55 + Asperula gunnii 45 1 64 1 Ajuga australis 50 + Luzula modesta 43 + NO. CF SITES: 42 STRUCTURE: Open-heath to grassland DISTRIBUTION: Widespread in the Eastern Highlands, v^iere recorded from Mt. Bufflalo, Dargo High Plains, Nunnicng Plateau, Ttie Cottoeras, Ccwcrnbat Flat and Davies Plain. ENVIRCX-lMEl^T: Dry, shallow soils, developed over igneous or sedimentary substrate with occasioral outcrops. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1450m, Highest = 1760m, Lowest = 1160m MEAN FIORISTIC RICHNESS: 22 Species per site f4EAN WEED (IMPOSITION: 6% of species, 4% of cover NOTES: A common vegetation with many variants. On Mt. Buffalo it occurs near the rim of depressicxis or basins and frequently includes the uncomnon grass Stipa nivicola . At lower sites it merges into a damp grasslard doninated by Poa fawcettiae . On the Cargo Plains ALP ‘ 6*. 4 is often doninated by extensive tracts of P^ c^illipsiana ^rid costiniana or fawcettiae . These areas have long been subject to spring or autumn burning to promote suRmer fodder, a practice which has led to depletion of the shrub element in this vegetation. A similar situatioi exists on the vestern snowplains of the Nunniong Plateau but eastern plains of the plateau are apparently not burnt and the tush pea Pultenaea fasciculata is camon. A higher proportion of non-graminoid herbs is usually supparted on higher altitude plains of the Davies Plain and Mt. (Cobberas regions than other areas v/here this sub-conmunity occurs. 286 AlfINE (jyeSLAND ; SUB-CEmmiY HJ> 7.1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FR£Q C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Rcinunculus graniticola 89 1 Ehtpodisna minus 64 2 Scleranthus biflorus 54 + Carex breviculmis 86 1 Carex gaudichaudiana 64 1 Celmisia asteliifolia 50 1 Asperula gunnii 86 1 Leptorhynchos squamatus 61 1 Craspedia sp. 'F' 50 + Viola betonicifolia 75 + Microseris scapigera 61 1 Hovea longifolia 50 1 Poa fawcettiae 71 2 Poa costiniana 57 2 ♦Trifoliun repens 46 1 Cotula alpina 71 1 Luzula modesta 54 1 Brachyccme decipiens 71 1 ♦Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 54 + NO. CF SITES: 28 STRUCTURE: Grassland to cpen*heath DISTRIBITTICN: The plains of the Snowy Range, Mt. Howitt areas. awiRONMEJJT: Level, low-lying areas of subalpine plains ALTITUDE: Mean - 1500m, Highest = 1680m, Lowest = 1260m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 32 species per site r^EAN WEED CO-1POSITICN; 7% of species, 6% of oover NOTES: Spatially and ecologically this vegetaticn links the shrublands of camunity ALP 6 with the sedgeland/ CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ Carex gaudichaudiana 100 1 Ranunculus gunnianus 86 1 Einpodisma minus 71 Gonocarpus micranthus 100 + Viola betonicifolia 86 1 Carex breviculmis 71 Asperula gunnii 86 1 Hypericum japonicum 86 1 Celmisia asteliifolia 71 Brachycome decipiens 86 1 Poa hierreta 86 1 Scleranthus biflorus 71 Cotula alpina 86 1 Agrostis hianalis 71 + Ranunculus graniticola 86 1 Ajuga australis 71 1 C/A 2 1 + 1 NO. OF SITES: 8 STRUCTURE: Grassland DISTRIBUTICN: ENVIRC»WENT: Howitt Plain and near Damp, Icw-lying areas airstrip cn Snowy Range, in open grassland situaticxis. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1595m, Hi^st = 1630m, Lowest = 1580m MEAN FliCRISTIC RICHNESS: 29 species per site MEAN WEED CCMPOSITICN: 4% of species, 3% of oover NOTES: This is a minor variant of sub-ccnmunity ALP 7.1, sli^tly wetter and with a further reduction in Hovea Icoqifoli^ , Leucopogcn suaveolens and Grevillea australis shmjb oover. The majority of sites oontoining this ty are on Howitt Plain. Ttiis fenced area has in the past been intensively grazed and occasionally burnt. The present tussock-grassleind structure of this plain reflects such a history, and parallels the present situation over much of the Bogcng Hi<^ Plains (Carr and Turner 1959). 287 ALPINE GRASSLAND : SUB-COWNnY ALP 7,3 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A ♦Trifolium repens 97 1 ♦Cerastiura glomeratura 66 + Brachycone scapigera 55 1 Poa hiemata 93 2 Hypericum japonicum 62 1 Carex breviculmis 55 1 Elpilobium billardieranum 76 + Luzula modesta 59 1 Oreonyrrhis eriopcda 52 + ♦Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 69 1 Dichondra repens 55 1 ♦Taraxacum officinale spp.agg. 48 1 NO. OF SITES: 28 STRUCTURE ; Grassland/sedgeland DISTRIBirriON: COTimon in the Cargo High Plains region with isolated occurrences in the far east Nunniong-Cobberas area. ENVIRONMENT; Dry basalt or granite-derived soils on flat or gently sloping ground. Rock outcrops usually not present. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1450m, Highest = 1620m, Lowest = 1200m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 28 species per site MEAN WEED CCMPOSITICN: 17% of species, 17% of cover NOTES: One of the weediest and most species-poor sub-ccfmunities in the Study Area. The Dargo High Plains are heavily stocked and extensively grazed by cattle frcm early sumner to late spring. Freehold land on the plains enconpasses a large proportion of their treeless areas and pasture improvement has been carried out here by seascnal burning or spreading of fertilizer and sowing of European grasses such as Phleum pra tense . Despite this disturb- ance, several rare or endemic alpine herbs persist, though they are infrequently encountered in this sub-conmunity (e.g. Epilobixjn curtisiae , willisii , Wahlenberqia densiflora , Brachycone tenuiflora , Oreonyrrhis argentea and Carex paupera , a sedge recorded twice in Victoria). The sites supporting this sub-ccmunity to the east of the Dargo High Plains are restricted to igneous outcrops, and have also been grazed for nany years. CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Asperula gunnii 100 1 Poa hiemata 100 1 Celmisia asteliifolia 75 1 Asterolasia trymalioides 100 1 Pimelea alpina 88 1 Orites lancifolia 63 1 Einpodisna minus 100 1 Podolepis robusta 88 1 Olearia algida 63 1 Epacris petrophila 100 1 Craspedia sp. 'D' 88 1 Helichrysum hookeri 63 2 Grevillea australis 100 1 Carex breviculmis 75 1 Pratia pedunculata 63 + NO. OF SITES: 8 STRUCTURE: Open-heath DISTRIBUTICW: Headwaters of the East and West Tanjil Rivers, Mustering Flat and St. Gwinnear Flat, on the Baw Baw Plateau. ENVnOJMENT; Edges of broad depressions and open gully heads where soils are generally sodden and deep. Frequently associated with raised areas within bogs or Wet Alpine Heath vegetation. ALTITUDE; Mean = 1380m, Highest = 1480m, Lowest = 1305m MEAN FIXRISTIC RICHNESS: 23 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITION: 0% of species, 0% of cover NOTES: This heathland generally forms a band betv/een the Dry Alpine Shrubland (ALP 5.1) and various Wet Alpine Heath sub-ccniiiunities . Consequently most of the species are indicative of one of these sub-corrmunities , but a few, such as Asterolasia trymalioides and Pratia pedonculata (an uncommon alpine herb) appear to be more or less restricted to this transitional zone. 288 WErr ALPDiE HEATHLAND : SUB-CCmjNITY ALP 9.1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREC C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Astelia alpina 100 1 Asp>erula gunnii 82 + Euphrasia gitbsiae 64 1 Celmisia asteliifolia 100 + Eipacris paludosa 82 1 Senecio pectinatus 64 + Olearia algida 100 1 Herpxjlirion novaezelandiae' 82 + Baeckea gunniana 64 1 Richea continentis 100 2 Oreobolus distichus 82 1 Gonocarpus micranthus 55 + Poa hiemata 91 1 Epacris petropdila 73 1 Nertera depressa 55 1 Gentianella diemensis 91 1 Plantago alpiestris 73 1 Schoenus calyptratus 55 + Pimelea alpina 91 1 Elnpodisrta minus 73 3 Craspedia sp. 'D' 82 1 Lycopodium fastigiatum 73 + NO. OF SITES: 12 STRUCTURE: Open-heath to herbfield DISTRIBOTICN; Scattered over the entire Baw Baw Plateau. ENVIRONMENT: Depressions v^ere the rocky substrate is exposed or thinly overlain by peat. Shallow, gravel-based pools are of ted nearby. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1440n, Highest = 1500m, Lowest = 1340m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 27 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITICN: 0% of species, 0% of cover NOTES: This sub-ccxtinunity is characterized by a dense turf of Einpodisma minus ard Poa hiemata , with epacrids Richea continentis and Epacris paludosa forming a medium-dense shrub layer. It is typical of the Reads of watercourses and margins of deeper and more water-retentive sphagnum bogs. The otherwise rare clutitosses, Lycopodiim scariosum and Huperzia selaqo , are frequent in this sub-ccrmunity. CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FRE>2 C/A Astelia alpina 100 1 Thelymitra venosa 70 + Nertera depressa 52 + Einpodisma minus 100 2 Baeckea gunniana 70 1 Craspedia sp. 'D' 52 Epacris paludosa 96 1 Carpha nivicola 59 1 Euphrasia gitbsiae 48 G^tianella diemensis 89 1 Sphagnum spp. 59 2 Poa costiniana 48 1 Olearia algida 89 + Callistemon sieberi 59 1 Richea continentis 81 1 Asperula gunnii 59 + NO. CF SITES; 27 STRUCTURE: Low heathland/mossland DISTRIBUTION: Widespread on Baw Baw Plateau and at Echo Flat near Lake Mountain. ENVIRONMENT: Perpetually wet areas with a deep, peaty substrate. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1400m, Highest = 1485m, Lowest - 1270m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 21 species p>er site MEAN WEED CDMPOSITICW: 0% of species. 0% of cover NOTES: This is the most frequent treeless vegetation cxi the Baw Baw Plateau. Wet Alpine Heath or sphagnum bogs occupy a greater prop»rtion of the plateau than of any other Victorian alpine area. Efeep, sp»ngy huTiimocks of water-retentive Sphagnum spp. and Einpxxlisma minus provide a substrate for the shrubs of this sub-ccrnmun- ity which is usually moist all year round. Surrmer-flowering herbs, shrubs and annuals (particularly Ttielymitra venosa arri Gentianella diemensis ) make this one of the showiest of the alpine sub-ccrrenunities of the Central Highlands. 289 WErr ALPINE HEATOLArC) : SUB-CCM«mY ALP 9.3 CHARACTER SPECIES Richea continentis Sphagnum spp. Epacris paludosa Blechnum penna-narina Astelia alpina NO. OF SITES: DISTOIBUTIC^; 13 %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES 92 1 Carex appressa 77 1 Isolepis aucklandica 92 2 Olearia algida 69 + Celmisia asteliifolia 92 2 Hydrocotyle algida 69 1 Nertera depressa 77 + Thelymitra venosa 62 + 77 1 Epilobium gunnianum 62 1 STRUCTURE: Low heathlarvd/mossland %FREQ C/A 54 + 54 1 54 1 Scattered over the Baw Baw Plateau, and occasional at Echo Flat near Lake Mountain. EUVlRONMEITr: Restricted to the vicinity of perrranent water, either an the verge of steeply-tanked creeks, springs on hillsides or by pools in snow-plain depressions. Substrate is sodden peat, with little inorganic matter. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1375m, Highest = 1570m, Lowest MEAN FICRISTIC RICHNESS: 24 species per site 980m MEAN WEED COMPOSITION: 0% of species, 0% of cover CHARACTER SPECIES Enpodisna minus Sphagnum spp. Baeckea gunniana Epacris paludosa NO. CF SITES: %FREQ 100 95 90 90 C/A 2 3 1 1 CHARACTER SPECIES Richea continentis Asperula gunnii Carex gaodichaudiana E}pacris breviflora %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ 85 2 Poa costiniana 55 70 1 Ranunculus pimpinellifolius 50 65 1 Luzula modesta 50 59 1 C/A 1 STRUCTURE: Lew heathland/mossland toS^™a™'areas“' isolated sites in the Digger's Holes and ENVIRONHENT: Permanently wet drainage lines and valley floors, usually of low to moderate incline. ALTITUDE: t4ean = 152ftn, Highest = 1760m, Lowest = 1400m MEAN ElflRISTIC RICHNESS: 24 species per site ,.EAn tlEED OOMPOSITICN: 2% of species, 1% of cover 290 WET ALfINE HEATOIAND : SUB-0>WLJNm’ ALP CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Empodisna minus 90 2 Baeckea gunniana 83 1 Poa fawcettiae 71 1 Asperula conferta 77 1 Richea continentis 70 1 9.5 CHARACTER SPECIES %FRB2 C/A Carex gaudichaudiana 67 1 Pultenaea tenella 67 1 Genticinella dianensis 63 1 Poa costiniana 63 1 Epacris paludosa 63 1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Gonocarpus micranthus 60 + Sphagnum spp. 60 3 Carex blakei 50 1 Erigeron sp. 'A' 47 1 NU. OF SITES: 29 STRUCTURE: Low heathland/mossland DISIRIBITTICX^: Frequent on the Buffalo Plateau, with a few isolated occurrences n€jar Mt. Nunnicnq ar>d the hiqh areas of Davies Plain. EI'^VIRCWIENT: Broad valley floors and fcasins, heads of springs granitic (Mt. Buffalo and Mt. Nunniong) or rhyolitic (Davies Plain). and gently sloping seepage lines. Soils are mainly ALTITUDE: Mean = 1460m, Highest = 1720m, Lov/est = 1310m MEAN FI£RIETIC RICHNESS: 20 species per site MEAN WEED ODMPOSITION: 1% of species, 0% of cover description for sub-conmunity ALP 9.2 and ALP 9.4, ard 8A (McDougall 1982). The sphagnum bogs on Mt. Buffalo have floristic affinities with those of the Baw Bav/ Plateau. Several restricted species are ccmrron to both mountains (e.g. Nertera depressa , Carex blalcei and Coprosna moorei) and other species, v^iich are usually cormon in alpine bogs, are absent (e.g. Restio australis ). Sphagnum bogs cn Dargo ard Davies Plains sup^rt a variant which includes Epacris coriacea , a newly recx>rded species for Victoria. CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ Callistemcn sieberi 100 2 Celmisia asteliifolia 80 + Asperula gunnii 70 Einpcdisria minus 90 2 Epacris breviflora 80 2 Gonocarpus micranthus 60 Baeckea gunniana 80 2 Poa clivicola 80 1 Oreobolus distichus 60 NO. CF SITES: 10 STFUCTURE: Closed-heath DISTOIBOTICX^ : Mt. Wellingtcxi and Snowy Range areas. ENVIRDNMEKT: Permanently wet drainage lines of rroderate slope, often with pools of water. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1500m, Highest = 1700m, Lowest = 1280m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS; 23 species per site MEAN WEED Ca4P0SITI0N: 2% of species, 1% of cover NOTES: This wet heathland sub-conmunity invariably occurs in close proximity to the subalpine v/cod- lands. It frequently forms pockets along seepage lines and springs within the woodlard, or fringing sphagnum mossteds. When the fringe completely surrounds the bogs, it forms a very effective buffer ard disturbance is minimized. Unlike the vater-retentive mossbeds this vegetation is more often associated with moving vrater, and therefore generally occurs on sloping sites. 291 DAMP AIPINE HEA3«LAND : SUB-CI>i>lMrry ALP 10.1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Carax gaudichaudiana 100 1 Hydrocotyle algida 86 1 Restio australis 57 1 Gonocarpus micranthus 93 1 Hypericum japonicum 86 1 Callistemon sieberi 57 1 Ranuncrulus pimpinellifolius 93 1 Luzula modesta 86 1 Scleranthus biflorus 57 + Oreemyrrhis ciliata 93 1 Poa costiniana 79 1 Acaena anserinifolia 57 + Baeckea gunniana 86 1 Epacris breviflora 71 1 Brachycone nivalis 57 1 Qnpodisma minus 86 1 Junenjs falcatus 71 1 Diuris peduncxilata 57 + Epilebium gunnianun 86 + Grevillea australis 71 + Epilobium billardieranum 57 + Asperula gunnii 86 1 ♦Trifoliun repens 71 + *Rumex acetosella sp. agg. 57 + Cotula alpina 86 1 Poa hiemata 71 1 NO. OF SITES: 14 STRUCIURE: Heathland/herbf ield DISTOIBUTICX^: High spurs of eastern aspect in the Dargo High Plains area. ENVIRCX4MEOT: Depressions within grassland, fringes of streams or sfiiagnum bogs. Sites are seldcn inundated with water, and the deep, basaltic soils are firm and dark. ALTITUDE: Mean = 1520m, Highest = 1590m, Lowest = 1310m MEAN FLCRISTIC RICHNESS: 38 species per site MEAN VJEED CO-IPOSITION: 8% of species, 6% of cover NOTES: This vegetation is intermediate between the grassland-herbf ield ccmmunities of ccrirnunit> ALP 6, and the Wet Heathlands of coirnunity ALP 9. Sphagnum spp. is present in seme sites, but rarely forms a continuous layer as it does in conmunity ALP 9. This non-continuity appears to be the result of incursions by cattle grazing or Poa costiniana and other moist herbage, which create muddy channels in the substrate. These channels act as drains for surface water, thereby dissecting and slowly drying the surrounding vegetation. In slightly less sedder areas several herbaceous species form a dense, low turf which although cropped short by cattle is resilient to tram- pling. These species include Juncus falcatus , Hypericum japonicum , Oreomyrrhis ciliata , Gonocaarpus micranthus and Ranunculus pimpinellifolius. DAMP ALPINE HEATHLAND ; SUB-0[»ttJNITY ALP 10.2 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A 'CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Baeckea gunniana 100 1 Oreobolus distichus 100 1 Carex appressa 80 1 flrachycome scapigera 100 1 *Cerastium fontanum 100 1 Carex jackiana 80 1 Cotula alpina 100 1 *Trifolium repens 100 1 *=Taraxacum officinale spp. agg. 80 + E^ilobiura gunnianum 100 1 Caltha introloba 80 1 Veronica serpyllifolia 80 1 Gonocarpxis micranthus 100 1 Carex gaudichaudiana 80 1 Luzula modesta 80 + Hypericrum japonicrum 100 1 Grevillea australis 80 1 Plantago euryphylla 80 1 Oreemyrrhis ciliata 100 1 Ranunculus graniticola 80 + Poa costiniana 80 1 I'W. OF SITES: 5 STRUCTURE: Low heathland/herbf ield DISTRIBUTION: Howitt Plain, The Bluff and Mt. Stirling. ENVIRONMENT: Snow-melt zenes and bog-nergins in cold air drainage pockets. ALTirULE: Mean = 1640m, Highest = 1740m, Lowest = 1560m MFAN FIORISTIC RICHNESS: 41 species per site MEAN WEED COMPOSITICN: 11% of species, 10% of cover the richest vegetation in the Study Area, and also the weediest. Like sub-COTmunity supports species of the drier surrounding vegetation as well the narrow transition zone created by the stream bank. It also has a the unstable state of the soil caused by rapid runoff throughout much of weed species to invade. NOTES: This is f loristically lowland riparian vegetation, this rivulet as those characteristic of wetlands, due to flora peculiar to itself, and by virtue of the year, provides a disturbed substrate for 292 DRMP ALPINE HEA3HLAND : SUB-OCmjNTTY ALP 10.3 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Elnpodisma minus 87 2 Restio australis 87 1 Asperula gunnii 81 1 Epacris microp^ylla 71 1 Gcxiocarpus micranthus 71 1 Poa costiniana 71 1 Hypericum japonicum 68 1 Festuca hookeriana 65 1 Velleia nontana 65 1 OiARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Luzula rrodesta 65 1 Stylidium graminifolium 62 1 Epacris breviflora 62 1 COtula alpina 59 1 Hydrocotyle algida 56 1 Schoenus apogan 53 1 Orecmyrrhis ciliata 53 1 Hypoxis hygrometrica 47 1 Brachycane scapigera 47 1 CHARACTER SPECIES %FREQ C/A Deyeuxia crassiuscula 47 1 Hakea microccurpa 47 1 Ranunculus collinus 47 1 Ranunculus pimpinellifolius 47 1 Carex gaudichaudiana 44 1 *Tri folium repens 44 1 Wahlenbergia ceracea 44 1 NO. CF SITES: 30 STOUCnjRE: Heathland DISTRIBOTIO^; Highlands in the far east, from Mt. Nugong north to Davies Plain. ENVnoiMENT; Broad, shallow drainage lines and seepage platforms on hillsides. Plateau) and rhyolitic {on the Cobberas-Davies Plain ridge). Soils are basaltic (on Nunniong ALTITODE: Mean = 1320m, Highest = 1680m, Lowest = 1120m MEAN FL01ISTIC RICHNESS: 34 species per site f.iEAN WEED COMPOSITION: 4% of species, 3% of cover ^ local variant of alpine heathland or damp grassland characterized by a dense, turf-li)te grourxi layer, including Festuca hookeriana , (an unccmon alpine grass), Eim xdisma minus . Poa costiniana and several unconmon herbs (e.g. j^thropodium minus, E^ilctoium curtisiae, EXjphrasia ca'*iai-a and a short, fine-leaved form of Stylidii^ graminif olium ) . Two rare alpine grasses are also found in this sub-ccnmunity ( Deyeuxia parviseta ^ ^^nde scribed species with affinities for Deyeuxia microseta ) . At the time of sampling most of these sites were regenerating frcm autumn burning, a ccrrmon practice in Victorian high country to encourage simmer fodder growth for cattle. The paucity of wrody species and prevalence of grasses and annual herbs may be attributable to a long hist- ory of natural and deliberately- lit fires. TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON R.Br. (MYRTACEAE) by R. D. Spencer and P. F. Lumley* ABSTRACT Spencer, R. D. & Lumley, P. F. Two new species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae). Muellena 6(4): 293-298 (1986). — The new species Callistemon pearsonii from the Blackdown Tableland, Queensland and C. pauciflorus from Central Australia are described and illustrated together with notes on their distribution, habitat and diagnostic features. INTRODUCTION The two species described here are generally recognised as distinct but have never been formally described. One of them, C. pearsonii, is also cultivated as an ornamental plant. It is therefore considered desirable to make nanies available for them prior to completion by the authors of a more detailed generic treatment. TAXONOMY Callistemon pearsonii R. D. Spencer & P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. Callistemon sp. “Blackdown”. M. Hodge et al., Hort. Guide Austral. PI. set 5, sheet 6 with plate. Soc. Growing Austral. PI. (1979). Callistemon species (Blackdown Tableland). W. R. Elliot & D. L. Jones, Encycl. Austral. PI. 2:423 (1982). Callistemon sp., Blackdown Callistemon. K. A. W. Williams, Native PI. Queensland, ed. 3, 1:48, plate p. 49 (1984). Frutex rigidus effusus usque 1 m. altus, raro usque 2 m. Ramuli rigidi. Surculi juvenes subrosei viridiscentes sericei. Cortex leviter fissuratus fuscus. Folia sessilia vel petiolo 1 (2) mm. longo, rigida coriacea plus minusve linearia vel anguste oblanceolata interdum subulata saepe subfalcata (10)15-25(30) mm. longa et (1.5)2-3(4) mm. lata, pungent! mucrone rufo 0.5-1 mm. longo, costa et venis marginalibus aliquantum prominentibus apprime supra, venis lateralibus sub angulo 45° patentibus, obscuris apprime infra, glandulis sparsis praecipue infra. Conflorescentia saepe frondosa 20-30(40) mm. longa et 45-50(55) mm. lata, axe pubescent!. Bracteae caducae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae non visae. Perigynium 2-3 mm. longum, glabrum. Sepala late ovata 2 mm. longa et 2-3 mm. lata, primo plerumque ciliata, viridula. Petala 5, ovata, in basem contracta, 4 mm. longa et 4 mm. lata, primo ciliata, viridia saepe suffusa rosea. Stamina libra, plerumque 40-45; filamenta 18-23 mm. longa, coccinea; antherae c. 0.75 mm. longa, aureae, glande prominent!. Ovarium triloculare tomentosom supra. Stylus plerumque stamina superans interdum fere 7 mm. longior. Stigma capitatum. Fructi globosi, primo anno c. 6 mm. long! et 5 mm. lati, orificio c. 25 mm. lato. Semen angulare, c. 1 mm. longum. Typus: Queensland, Blackdown Tableland. Mimosa Creek, 23°38'S., 149°(X)'E., 14.x. 1984, R. D. Spencer 84 (Holotypus: MEL 1535969. Isotypl BRI, NSW). Shrub stiff, low and spreading, mostly less than 1 m tall, rarely to 2 m; small plants quite densely branched; new growth sericeous, pale pink, soon becoming green. Bark shallowly fissured, dark. Leaves densely distributed, sessile or with a short petiole 1(2) mm long; lamina stiff and coriaceous, more or less linear to narrow-oblanceolate, sometimes subulate, often slightly falcate, (10)15-25(30) mm long, (1.5)2-3(4) mm wide, pungent with a reddish-brown mucro 0.5-1 mm long; marginal veins and midrib slightly raised, more so on upper surface; lateral veins at an angle of about 45° to midrib, obscure though more distinct on upper surface; oil glands few, mostly on the lower surface. Conflorescence usually distally frondose, 20-30(40) mm long, 45-50(55) mm wide; axis finely pubescent. Bracts narrow- to broad-lanceolate, striate, reddish-brown, chartaceous, caducous. Bracteoles not ’Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 293 294 Fig. 1. Callistemon pearsonii. a — flowering twig, x 1. b — fruits, x 1. c — upper surface of leaf x 3. All from Spencer 84 (MEL 1535969). ’ 295 seen. Perigynium 2-3 mm long, glabrous. Sepals depressed- to very broad-ovate, 2 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, generally ciliate at first, greenish. Petals very broadly ovate, slightly contracted towards the base, 4 mm long, 4 mm wide, ciliate at first, green often with pink tinge. Stamens mostly 40-45, 18-23 mm long; filaments free, deep red; anthers c. 0.75 mm long, bright yellow, gland prominent. Ovary trilocular, tomentose on upper surface; style generally exceeding the stamens, sometimes by up to 7 mm, deep red; stigma capitate. Fruit globose, occasionally truncate-globose, c. 5 mm long and 6 mm wide in first year; orifice c. 3 mm wide. Seed c. 1 mm long, angular. Distribution: Queensland. Found only on the Blackdown Tableland where frequent along Mimosa and Rainbow Creeks and in heathland. Ecology: In open heath on shallow sandy soils which are subject to periodic flooding and along rocky sandstone of permanent creeks at an altitude of 700-900 m; more rarely in heathland or open eucalypt forest. Flowering time: October to December. Conservation status: although of restricted distribution this species is locally frequent and not considered to be in any danger. Representative Specimens (total number examined, c. 20): Queensland (Leichardt District) — Blackdown Tableland, -.ix.l937, Simmonds 62 (BRl 287829, BRl 287830); Blackdown, -.v.1962, Gittins 460 (NSW); Blackdown, -.ix.l965, Gittins S/75 (NSW); c. 32 km SE. of Blackwater (campsite on Mimosa Creek), alt. 600-900 m, 17. iv. 1971, Henderson, Andrews 4 Sharpe 586 (NSW); Sandstone banks of Mimosa Creek, 4.xi.l973, Williams 341 (BRl 160737, BRl 160738, BRl 160739). NOTES: A distinctive and attractive species most closely resembling C. subulatus from which it differs chiefly in having a shorter and less frondose conflorescence, leaves with raised midrib and marginal veins, darker coloured filaments and yellow anthers. The anthers of C. subulatus are dark crimson. The specific epithet commemorates the work of Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service Ranger Steven Pearson who, with his wife Alison, has exten- sively collected, catalogued and photographed the remarkable flora of the Black- down Tableland. C. pearsonii is known locally on the Blackdown Tableland as “Rainbow Callistemon”. It was introduced to cultivation from seed collected by Mr K. A. W. Williams in 1973 (Williams 1984). Callistemon pauciflorus R. D. Spencer & P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. Callistemon sp. A. S. George in J. P. Jessop (ed.), FI. Central Austral. 253, t. 334 (1981). Frutex vel interdum arbor effusa 2-3(10) m. altus. Ramuli flexuosi, penduli. Surculi juvenes conflorentian sub anthesi paulo superantes prime rosei sericei. Cortex leviter fissuratus fuscus. Folia forma et amplitudine variabilia, sessilia vel petiole usque 3 mm. longo, anguste rhombica, saepe falcata versus apicem et basem attenuata, (20)60-90(120) mm. longa et (2)5- 8(12) mm. lata, glauca, infirme pungentia mucrone 1-2 mm. longo, venis lateralibus sub angulo 30°-45° e costa abeuntibus, rare minus, reticulatis vel aliquando obscuris, venis intramarginalibus et costa prominulis, glandulis praecipue infra, relative inconspicuis. Con- florescentia relative pauciflora (10)20-40(50) mm. longa et 22-25 mm. lata, saepe frondosa, versus apicem tixis pubescenti. Flores apicem versus conflorescentiae sub angulosa c. 45° inclinatae. Bracteae caduceae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, chartaceae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae ovatae usque lanceolatae, concavae, infra villosae, supra glabrae (basi pubescenti excepto), c. 0.7 mm. longae et c. 0.7 mm. latae, margine ciliato. Perigynium truncatum in basi, dense cinereosericeum, c. 3 mm. longum et 2 mm. latum. Sepala c. 1.5 mm. longa et 2 mm. lata, infra dense pubescentia, supra pubescentia, margine ciliato. Petala viridia, concava, basi paulo attenuata c. 2 mm. longa et 3 mm. lata, plus minusve glabra, margine ciliato. Stamina (40)45-69(70) mm. longa, filamentis libris vel interdum brevissime et irre- 296 gulatim conjunctis, (5)8-9(10) mm. longis, roseis interdum cremeis, antheris c. 0.75 mm. longis, subroseis vel flavis, glande prominenti. Ovarium supra tomentosum, triloculare. Stylus longior quam stamina, 10-12 mm. longus, pallidus vel supra subroseus. Stigma capitatum. Fructi plerumque exuti prime vel secundo anno, glabri, globosi vel truncati, fusci, orificio minimum latitudine Vi fructi. Semen angulare, c. 0.75 mm. longum. Typus: Northern Territory, Central Australia. Serpentine Gorge, Heavitree Range, 23°45'S., 132°58'E., 5.viii.l985, H. I. Aston 2564 (HolotypuS: MEL 1536620. ISOTYPI: CANB, MEL 1536618, MEL 1536619, NT, PERTH). Shrub or occasionally straggling tree 2-3(10)m tall; branchlets flexuose, pen- dulous; new growth sericeous, slightly exceeding conflorescence at flowering, pink at first. Bark shallowly fissured, dark. Leaves variable in shape and size, sessile or with petiole to about 3 mm long, narrowly rhombic, often falcate, attenuate to the base and apex, (20)60-90(120) mm long, (2)5-8(12) mm wide, glaucous, weakly pungent with a mucro 1-2 mm long; lateral veins inclined at 30°-48° to the midvein, rarely less; intramarginal veins and midrib distinct; lateral veins reticulate or oc- casionally obscure; oil glands relatively inconspicuous, more numerous on the lower surface. Conflorescence generally distally frondose, (1(1)20-40(50) mm long, 22-25 mm wide; flowers rather distant, mostly less than 20, inclined to axis at an angle of c. 45°; axis finely pubescent. Bracts narrow- to broad-lanceolate, striate, reddish- brown, chartaceous, caducous. Bracteoles when present broad-ovate to lanceolate, concave, c. 0.7 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide, long-pubescent on outer surface, glabrous within except at the base; margin ciliate, Perigynium truncate at base, c. 3 mm long, 2 mm wide, densely grey-sericeous. Sepals c. 1.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, densely pubescent without, pubescent within; margin ciliate. Petals concave, slightly narrowed at the base, c. 3.5 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, more or less glabrous on both surfaces, green; margin ciliate. Stamens (40)45-60(70); filaments free or oc- casionally shortly and irregularly united at the base, (5)8-9(10) mm long, deep pinkish-red, less commonly pale yellow; anthers c. 0.75 mm long, pale pink or yellow, with prominent gland. Ovary trilocular, tomentose on upper surface; style generally exceeding the stamens, 10-12 mm long; stigma capitate. Fruit globose, occasionally truncate-globose, 3(4) mm long, 3(5) mm wide, smooth, grey-brown and mostly shed in first or second year; orifice c. 2 mm wide. Seed c. 0.75 mm long, angular. Distribution (Fig. 3): Northern Territory (Central Australia). Macdonnell, Petermann and Harts Ranges. Ecology: Among sandy or rocky (quartzite) edges of pools and waterholes or in steep, sheltered gullies and rocky gorges. Flowering time: irregular, December to August. Conservation status: not under threat. Representative Specimens (total number examined, c. 30) Northern Territory — Serpentine Gorge, Alice Springs, -.v.1963. Funk s.n. (BRI 0386^); Kings Canyon, 10.xii.l968, Latz 279 (NT 15809, BRI 112004, BRI 112005); 2f 56'S., 129°20'E Ewallaura Waterhole, N. side of Petermann Ranges, 19 miles E. of Docker Creek Settlement, 678 (NT 15607); 23°24'S., 131‘’34'E., Mt Crawford, Haast Bluff Stn, 14.xii.l977, Latz 756/ (NT M786, BRL CBG n.v.); 24°58'S., 129°19'E., Mannanana Range, E. of Ruined Ramparts, 20.iii.l983, Katot^ 1519 (NT 76181). Arid Zone Research Institute, Alice Springs, from a plant in cultivation, originally collected as a seedling from Serpentine Gorge, 20.xii.l973, Maconochie 1933 (BRI, NT; also AD, CANB, CBG, DNA, K, NSW, PERTH, all n.v.). An arid zone species characterised by the short conflorescences with few (rarely more than 20) deep pink or occasionally yellow flowers distinctly angled on the axis the tendency of the stamens to adhere shortly at the base and the grey- 297 Fig. 2. Callistemon pauciflorus. a — flowering twig, x 1. b — perigynium, x 10. From Latz 7561 (BRI 264343). Fig. 3. The known distribution of Callistemon pauciflorus. sericeous perigynium. Its closest affinities are with what is currently incorrectly known as C. paludosus F. Muell., but C. pauciflorus differs in the above characters and also in having generally larger, more glaucous and loosely dispersed leaves and in having the perigynium basally attenuate with an indumentum of appressed hairs. In contrast, the perigynium indumentum of pubescent specimens of C. paludosus is more woolly and erect. The presence of stamens occasionally shortly united at the base shows affinities with C. viminalis. However, typical plants of C. viminalis differ quite markedly from C. pauciflorus in having more linear leaves, much longer crimson stamens with dark anthers and larger, more truncate fruits. Yellow-flowered specimens have only been collected from the Talipata Gorge (Palmer Range) and Mount Sonder. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are most grateful to Mr Steven Pearson and his wife Alison for assistance in locating specimens on the Blackdown Tableland; to Ms Helen Aston for the collection of type material of C. pauciflorus; to Ms Anita Podwyszynski for the illustrations; to the Australian Biological Resources Study for a grant of monies for a collecting trip to northern New South Wales and southern Queensland; to the Directors/Curators of BRI, CANB, CBG, K, NSW, NT, PERTH and UNE for the loan of specimens. REFERENCE Williams, K. A. W. (1984). ‘Native Plants of Queensland’, ed. 3, vol. 1: 48. (K. A. W. Williams: N. Ipswich). Manuscript received 18 November 1985. CONTENTS Volume 6, Number 3 Page Notes on Trachymene humilis (J.D. Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae) — P. S. Short Studies on Macquarie Island lichens 3: the genus Sphaerophorus. — R. B. Filson ; New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1. — Robert O. Belcher Two new species of Olearia Moench (Compositae: Astereae) from Central Australia — D. A. Cooke • • Caladenia calcicola (Orchidaceae), a new species from Victoria, Australia — G. W. Carr New species of Helicia, new combinations and lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) — D. B. Foreman Nymphoides disperma (Menyanthaceae): a new Australian species — Helen I. Aston A new species of Carex (Cyperaceae: Caricoideae) from south-eastern Australia T'tiiclc Rediscovery of Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell. (Amaranthaceae) — R. J. Chinnock and F. J. Badman Notes on Afzelia Sm. and Petalostylis R. Br. (Caesalpiniaceae) — J. H. Ross • A/ J ■ • Studies in Macquarie Island lichens 4: the genera Cladia and Cladonia — R. B. Filson and A. W. Archer 159 169 173 181 185 193 197 201 205 211 217 Volume 6, Number 4 A revision of Pogonolepis Steetz (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae) — P. S. Short i Lectotypification of Stuartina muelteri (Compositae: Inuleae) with notes on Stuartina in Victoria and South Australia — Helen I. Aston and D. A. Cooke New species of Hemigenia and Microcorys (Labiatae) — Barry J. Conn V;' L LV •' The alpine vegetation q»f Victoria, excluding the Bogong High Plains — N. G. Walsh, R. H. Barley and P. K. Gullan Two new species of Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae) — R. D. Spencer and P. F. Lumley 237 255 259 265 293 ISSN 0077-1813 F.D. Atkinson, Government Printer, Melbourne